Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

we were some sixty in all

Толкование Перевод

1 до

1. с. нескл. муз.
C; do

до диез — C sharp
2. предл. (рд.)
1. (при обозначении достигаемого предела, степени, расстояния, промежутка во времени, какого-л. ряда) to, тж. down to, up to (ср. вплоть); ( при обозначении конечного пункта движения) as far as; ( крайнего предела во времени) till; until (об. в начале предложения)

до конца — to the end

до последней капли — to the last drop

до крайности — to excess

до известной степени — to a certain extent degree

до станции далеко — it is far, или a long way, to the station

от города до станции — from the town to the station

от трёх (часов) до пяти — from three to five (o'clock)

числа от одного до десяти — numbers (from) one to ten

от пяти до десяти дней, метров, книг — from five to ten days, metres, books

ехать до Москвы — go* as far as Moscow

добежать до станции — run* as far as, или to, the station

ждать до вечера, до десяти (часов) — wait till the evening, till ten (o'clock)

до наших дней — to our time, to this day

2. ( меньше) under; (не больше: о возрасте, величине и т. п.) up to, not over, not... over; (о количестве, сумме тж.) no more than, not... more than

дети до шести лет — children under six (years)

весом до трёх килограммов ( включительно) — weighing up to, или over, three kilogram(me)s

тратить до десяти рублей — spend* up to, или not over, или no more than, ten roubles

он может тратить до десяти рублей — he can spend up to ten roubles, he cannot spend over, или more than, ten roubles

родители, имеющие до пяти человек детей — parents having up to, или no more than five children

3. ( приблизительно) about; some pron.

у него до тысячи книг — he has about a thousand books

нас было до 60 человек — we were some sixty in all

4. ( раньше) before

до войны — before the war

♢ до свидания! — good-bye!

до сих пор — ( о месте) up to here, up to this point; ( о времени) up to now, till now, hitherto

до сих пор (ещё, всё ещё) (при наст. вр.) — still:

он до сих пор (ещё, всё ещё) пишет — he is still writing

до тех пор — till then

до тех пор, пока см. пока II 2

до тех пор, как, или до того, как — ( обо всём данном времени) till, until (ср. до II 1); (о каком-л. моменте раньше чем) before

ждите до тех пор, пока он не придёт — wait till he comes

они будут готовы до того, как он придёт — they will be ready before he comes

до того, что — (так долго, что) till; (до такой степени, что) so... that:

он кричал до того, что охрип — he shouted till he grew hoarse, he shouted himself hoarse

он был до того слаб, что не мог двигаться — he was so weak that he could not move

до чего разг. — ( как) how; ( какой) what:

до чего жарко! — how hot it is!

до чего это интересная книга! — what an interesting book this is!

до чего жаль! — it's such a pity!

ему и т. д. нет дела до этого см. дело

ему и т. д. не до см. не

что ему и т. д. до, что до см. что I; тж. и др. особые случаи, не приведённые здесь, см. под теми словами, с которыми предл. до образует тесные сочетания

Русско-английский словарь Смирнитского > до
2 нас было всего шестьдесят

General subject: we were some sixty in all

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > нас было всего шестьдесят
3 нас было примерно шестьдесят

General subject: we were some sixty in all

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > нас было примерно шестьдесят
4 tanto

adj.

so much, all that much, that much, as much.

adv.

so much, such a lot, so, so very much.

pron.

as much, so much, all that much, that much.

m.

1 portion, certain amount.

2 score point, point.

* * *

tanto

► adjetivo

1 (incontables) so much; (contables) so many

■ no cojas tanta leche don't take so much milk

■ no comas tantos caramelos don't eat so many sweets

■ ¡tengo tanto calor! I'm so hot!

■ ¡ha pasado tanto tiempo! it's been so long!

2 (comparación - incontable) as much; (- contables) as many

■ trajo tanto pan como yo he brought as much bread as I did

■ tengo tantos libros como tú I've got as many books as you

► pronombre

1 (incontable) so much; (contable) so many

■ no había tantos there weren't so many

► adverbio

1 (cantidad) so much

■ ¡te quiero tanto! I love you so much!

■ lo siento tanto I'm so sorry

2 (tiempo) so long

■ esperamos tanto we waited for so long

■ hace tanto que no viene it's a long time since he last came

3 (frecuencia) so often

■ no los telefonees tanto don't phone them so often

► nombre masculino tanto

1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal

2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount

■ percibes un tanto al mes you get so much a month

3 (poco) bit

■ es un tanto estrecho it's a bit narrow

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a las tantas familiar very late, at an unearthly hour

a tantos de sometime in

■ fue a tantos de enero it was sometime in January

apuntar un tanto / marcar un tanto (gen) to score a point 2 (fútbol) to score a goal

con tanto / de tanto with so much

■ se quedó afónica de tanto gritar she lost her voice with shouting so much

cuanto más... tanto más... the more... the more...

en tanto / entre tanto / mientras tanto meanwhile

eso es tanto como... that is like...

estar al tanto (informado) to be informed 2 (alerta) to be on the alert

ni tanto ni tan poco / ni tanto ni tan calvo familiar neither one extreme nor the other

no es para tanto / no hay para tanto it's not that bad

no será tanto it can't be as bad as you make out

otro tanto as much again, the same again

por lo tanto therefore

ser uno de tantos / ser una de tantos to be nothing special

tanto cuanto as much as

tanto más / tanto menos all the more / all the less

tanto mejor / tanto peor so much the better / so much the worse

tanto si... como si... whether... or...

■ tanto si quieres como si no whether you like it or not

uno de tantos / una de tantas run-of-the-mill

... y tantos /... y tantas (cantidad) odd 2 (año) something

■ treinta y tantos libros thirty odd books

■ en el año cuarenta y tantos in nineteen forty something

tanto por ciento percentage

————————

tanto

► nombre masculino

1 (punto) point; (fútbol) goal

2 (cantidad imprecisa) so much, a certain amount

■ percibes un tanto al mes you get so much a month

3 (poco) bit

■ es un tanto estrecho it's a bit narrow

* * *
1. noun m.
1) point, goal

2) certain amount

3) rate

•

- tanto por ciento
2. (f. - tanta)
adj.

1) so many, so much, such

2) as many, as much
3. adv.
1) so much

2) so long

•

- al tanto
- entre tanto
- por lo tanto
- un tanto 4. (f. - tanta)
pron.

so many, so much

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [indicando gran cantidad] [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

ahora no bebo tanta leche — I don't drink so o as much milk now

tiene tanto dinero que no sabe qué hacer con él — he has so much money he doesn't know what to do with it

¡tuve tanta suerte! — I was so lucky!

¡tengo tantas cosas que hacer hoy! — I have so many things to do today!

había tantos coches que no había donde aparcar — there were so many cars that there was nowhere to park

• tanto... como — [en singular] as much... as; [en plural] as many... as

tiene tanto dinero como yo — he has as much money as I do

no recibe tantas llamadas como yo — he doesn't get as many calls as I do

• tanto gusto — how do you do?, pleased to meet you

2) [indicando cantidad indeterminada]

había cuarenta y tantos invitados — there were forty-odd guests

hay otros tantos candidatos — there are as many more candidates, there's the same number of candidates again

se dividen el trabajo en otras tantas partes — they divide up the work into a like number of parts

2. PRON

1) (=gran cantidad) [en singular] so much; [en plural] so many

gana tanto — he earns so much

no necesitamos tantas — we don't need so many

vinieron tantos que no cabían en la sala — so many people came that they wouldn't all fit into the room

• tanto como — [en singular] as much as; [en plural] as many as

gano tanto como tú — I earn as much as you

coge tantos como quieras — take as many as you like

• es uno de tantos — he's nothing special

2) (=cantidad indeterminada)

nació en el mil novecientos cuarenta y tantos — she was born in nineteen forty-something o some time in the forties

a tantos de marzo — on such and such a day in March

yo no sé qué tantos de libros hay — I don't know how many books there are

las tantas (de la madrugada o de la noche) —

el tren llegó a las tantas — the train arrived really late o in the middle of the night

estar fuera hasta las tantas — to stay out until all hours

-¿qué hora es? -deben de ser las tantas — "what's the time?" - "it must be pretty late"

3) [otras locuciones]

• entre tanto — meanwhile

• mientras tanto — meanwhile

• no es para tanto — [al quejarse] it's not as bad as all that; [al enfadarse] there's no need to get like that about it

• por lo tanto — so, therefore

ni tanto así —

no nos desvíamos ni tanto así — we didn't deviate even by this much

no le tengo ni tanto así de lástima — I haven't a scrap of pity for him

¡y tanto! —

-¿necesitarás unas vacaciones? -¡y tanto! — "do you need a holiday?" - "you bet I do!"

3. ADV

1) [con verbos] [indicando duración, cantidad] so much; [indicando frecuencia] so often

se preocupa tanto que no puede dormir — he gets so worried that he can't sleep, he worries so much that he can't sleep

estoy cansada de tanto andar — I'm tired after all this walking

¡cuesta tanto comprar una casa! — buying a house is such hard work!

no deberías trabajar tanto — you shouldn't work so hard

¡no corras tanto! — don't run so fast!

ya no vamos tanto al cine — we don't go to the cinema so o as much any more

ahora no la veo tanto — I don't see so o as much of her now, I don't see her so often now

• tanto como, él gasta tanto como yo — he spends as much as I do o as me

tanto como corre, va a perder la carrera — he may be a fast runner, but he's still going to lose the race

tanto como habla no dice más que tonterías — all his talk is just hot air

tanto tú como yo — both you and I

tanto si viene como si no — whether he comes or not

• tanto es así que — so much so that
montar 2., 3)
2) [con adjetivos, adverbios]

los dos son ya mayores, aunque su mujer no tanto — the two of them are elderly, although his wife less so

• tanto como, es difícil, pero tanto como eso no creo — it's difficult, but not that difficult

es un poco tacaño, pero tanto como estafador, no — he's a bit on the mean side, but I wouldn't go so far as to call him a swindler

• es tanto más difícil — it is all the more difficult

es tanto más loable cuanto que... — it is all the more praiseworthy because...

• tanto mejor — so much the better

tanto mejor para ti — so much the better for you

• tanto peor — so much the worse

tanto peor para ti — it's your loss o that's just too bad

- ¡ni tanto ni tan calvo!

3) [en locuciones conjuntivas]

• en tanto — as (being)

estoy en contra de la leyes en tanto sistema represivo — I am against laws as (being) a repressive system

• en tanto que — (=mientras que) while; (=como) as

no puede haber democracia en tanto que siga habiendo torturas — for as long as there is torture, there can never be democracy, there cannot be democracy while there is torture

la Iglesia en tanto que institución — the Church as an institution

4. SM

1) (=cantidad)

me paga un tanto fijo cada semana — he pays me a fixed amount each week

cobra un tanto por página — he gets so much per page

¿qué tanto será? — LAm how much (is it)?

• otro tanto, las máquinas costaron otro tanto — the machines cost as much again o the same again

tanto alzado — fixed price

por un tanto alzado — for a fixed rate

tanto por ciento — percentage

2) (=punto) (Ftbl, Hockey) goal; (Baloncesto, Tenis) point

Juárez marcó el segundo tanto — Juárez scored the second goal

marcó dos tantos — he scored twice

• apuntar los tantos — to keep score

tanto a favor — goal for, point for

tanto del honor — consolation goal

tanto en contra — goal against, point against
apuntarse 3)
3)

• estar al tanto — to be up to date

estar al tanto de los acontecimientos — to be fully abreast of events

• mantener a algn al tanto de algo — to keep sb informed about sth

• poner a algn al tanto de algo — to put sb in the picture about sth

4)

• un tanto — [como adv] rather

estoy un tanto cansado — I'm rather tired

* * *
I
adverbio

1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir — it's so difficult to describe

es una chica tan amable! — she's such a nice girl!

si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

la tan esperada boda — the long-awaited wedding

no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult

ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much

tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

tanto insistió que me quedé — he was so insistent that I stayed

tan/tanto... como — as... as

no es tan tímida como parece — she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

tan pronto como le sea posible — as soon as you can

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar — they haven't improved enough to win

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra — both Suárez and Vargas voted against

no lo reconocí de tan viejo que estaba — he had aged so much I didn't recognize him

2) (AmL exc RPl)

qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
II
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

tanto tiempo sin verte! — it's been so long!

tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

cincuenta y tantos pesos — fifty and something pesos

2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquitos — there were so many mosquitoes
III
- ta pronombre

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

es uno de tantos — he's one of many

tengo tanto que hacer! — I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

no ser para tanto — (fam)

no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

hasta las tantas de la madrugada — until the early hours of the morning

en mil ochocientos treinta y tantos — in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama — it's been so long since she called me

aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

2) (en locs)

en tanto — while

en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí — as long as you're here

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto — until this conflict is solved

otro tanto — as much again

me queda otro tanto por hacer — I have as much again still to do

cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

por (lo) tanto — therefore

tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
IV
masculino

1) ( cantidad)

un tanto por ciento — a certain percentage

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito — you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit

2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto — to score a point

3) (en locs)

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *
I
adverbio

1) [see note under tan] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so; ( aplicado a verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir — it's so difficult to describe

es una chica tan amable! — she's such a nice girl!

si es así, tanto mejor — if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti — and if you don't like it, too bad o (colloq) tough!

la tan esperada boda — the long-awaited wedding

no es tan difícil — it's not that difficult

ya no salimos tanto — nowadays we don't go out so often o so much

tan/tanto... que — so... (that)

tanto insistió que me quedé — he was so insistent that I stayed

tan/tanto... como — as... as

no es tan tímida como parece — she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú — he goes out as much o as often as you do

tan pronto como le sea posible — as soon as you can

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar — they haven't improved enough to win

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra — both Suárez and Vargas voted against

no lo reconocí de tan viejo que estaba — he had aged so much I didn't recognize him

2) (AmL exc RPl)

qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?; ¿qué tanto hay de cierto en eso? — how much of it is true?

3) para locs ver tanto III 2)
II
- ta adjetivo

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

había tanto espacio/tantos niños — there was so much space/there were so many children

tiene tanta fuerza...! — she has such strength...!

tanto tiempo sin verte! — it's been so long!

tanto/tantos... como as much/as many...as; sufro tanto como ella I suffer as much as she does; no hubo tantos turistas como el año pasado there weren't been as many o so many tourists as last year; tengo tanta suerte como tú — I'm as lucky as you are

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

tenía setenta y tantos años — he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

cincuenta y tantos pesos — fifty and something pesos

2) (sing) (fam) ( con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquitos — there were so many mosquitoes
III
- ta pronombre

1)

a) (sing) so much; (pl) so many

quería azúcar, pero no tanta — I wanted sugar but not that much

es uno de tantos — he's one of many

tengo tanto que hacer! — I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? — does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco — there's no need to go that far

no ser para tanto — (fam)

no te pongas así, no es para tanto — come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele, pero no es para tanto — it hurts, but it's not that bad

tanto tienes tanto vales — you are what you own

b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas)

hasta las tantas de la madrugada — until the early hours of the morning

en mil ochocientos treinta y tantos — in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas — fifty-odd, fifty or so

c) tanto ( refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama — it's been so long since she called me

aún faltan dos horas - ¿tanto? — there's still two hours to go - what? that long?

2) (en locs)

en tanto — while

en tanto + subj — as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí — as long as you're here

entre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + subj — (frml)

hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto — until this conflict is solved

otro tanto — as much again

me queda otro tanto por hacer — I have as much again still to do

cuesta $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto — it costs $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

otro tanto cabe decir de... — the same can be said of...

por (lo) tanto — therefore

tan siquiera: no pudo ni tan siquiera gritar he couldn't even shout; cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers; si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!; tan sólo only; tanto es así que... so much so that...; tanto más cuanto que... — especially since...
IV
masculino

1) ( cantidad)

un tanto por ciento — a certain percentage

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito — you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit

2) ( punto - en fútbol) goal; (- en fútbol americano) point; (- en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto — to score a point

3) (en locs)

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture; mantenerse al tanto de to keep up to date with; te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed; estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq); ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened; un tanto triste — somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *

tanto¹

* al tanto = in the know, in step.

* al tanto de = on the lookout for, on the alert for, in step with.

* debe por lo tanto ser una consecuencia lógica que = it must therefore follow that.

* en tanto por ciento = percentage-wise.

* estar al tanto = monitor + developments.

* estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.

* estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* mantenerse al tanto = stay + tuned.

* mantenerse al tanto de = keep in + sync, keep + a finger on the pulse of, keep + track of, stay in + step with, keep in + step with, keep + step with.

* mantenerse al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.

* mantenerse al tanto de las noticias = keep up with + the news.

* mantenerse al tanto de los avances = track + developments.

* mientras tanto = in (the) meantime, meantime, ad interim.

* no estar al tanto de = be out of touch with.

* otros tantos = as many.

* poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.

* poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.

* poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.

* ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.

* por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

tanto²

= so much, so + Participio, quite so much.

Ex: It is rather a pity that book reviewers tend to ignore this very popular genre so much.

Ex: On the other hand, 626 is now unused, for the subject to which it was originally allocated, Canal engineering, has so decreased in importance that it no longer justifies a separate heading.

Ex: But we are not then acting quite so much out of blindness or inarticulateness; we are selfishly or fearfully or wilfully trying to short-circuit what we know underneath to be more nearly the true state of things.

* cada tanto = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* cada tantos minutos = every few minutes.

* cada tantos + Período de Tiempo = every few + Período de Tiempo.

* cada tanto tiempo = every so often, every now and then, every now and again, every once in a while.

* cambiar tanto que resulta irreconocible = change + beyond (all) recognition.

* con tan buenos resultados = to such good effect.

* con tan poca antelación = at such short notice.

* con tan poca anticipación = at such short notice.

* con tanta frecuencia = so often.

* desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.

* dinero que tanto ha costado ganar = hard-earned money.

* durante tanto tiempo = for so long, so long.

* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.

* en tanto en cuanto = as long as, so long as.

* en tanto en cuanto que = inasmuch as, insomuch as.

* en tanto en cuanto + Subjuntivo = provided (that).

* en tanto que = insofar as [in so far as].

* es por lo tanto deducible = it therefore follows that.

* es por lo tanto lógico que = it therefore follows that.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.

* nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* no tan bueno = not-so-good.

* quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.

* ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* tan = all too + Adjetivo.

* tan + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo, so + Adjetivo, as + Adjetivo + as that.

* tan + Adjetivo/Adverbio = all that + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.

* tan amado de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan amado por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan a menudo = so often.

* tan anunciado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded.

* tan astuto como un zorro = as sly as a fox, as wily as a fox.

* tan borracho como una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.

* tan bueno como ningún otro = as good as any.

* tan cacareado = much-vaunted, much-touted, long-heralded, much-heralded, much acclaimed.

* tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.

* tan duro como el pedernal = as hard as nails.

* tan duro como la piedra = as hard as nails.

* tan duro como la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.

* tan duro como una piedra = as hard as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.

* tan fácil como coser y cantar = as simple as ABC.

* tan famoso = much acclaimed.

* tan fresco = as cool as a cucumber.

* tan inocente como un bebé = as innocent as a lamb.

* tan lejano como = as far afield as.

* tan lejos como = as far away as.

* tan manso como un cordero = as meek as a lamb.

* tan pancho = as cool as a cucumber, unfazed.

* tan pregonado = much-vaunted.

* tan pronto = quite so soon.

* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.

* tan pronto como + Pronombre + sea posible = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap), at an early a juncture as possible.

* tan querido de todos = so beloved of all.

* tan querido por todos = so beloved of all.

* tan rápido como una liebre = as quick as a wink.

* tan rápido como un rayo = as quick as a wink.

* tan rápido como un relámpago = as quick as a wink.

* tan renombrado = much acclaimed.

* tan simple como = with as little ado as.

* tan sordo como una tapia = as deaf as a post.

* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

* tan suave como el terciopelo = as smooth as silk, as soft as velvet.

* tan suave como la seda = as soft as silk, as smooth as silk.

* tan suave como un guante = as meek as a lamb.

* tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.

* tanto como sea posible = as far as possible.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* tanto es así que = so much so that.

* tanto mejor = so much the better.

* tanto por ciento = percentage.

* tanto que = so much so that, insomuch that.

* tantos = so many.

* tanto tiempo = so much time, this long, such a very long time.

* tan tranquilo = unfazed.

* tardar tanto tiempo en = take + so long to.

* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.

* uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the wheel.

* un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.

tanto³

³ = goal.

Ex: Kristen Taylor leads Carolina with three goals and an assist.

* encargado de anotar los tantos = scorer.

* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.

* tanto de la victoria = winning goal.

* tanto del empate = equaliser [equalizer, -USA].

* * *

tanto¹

adverb

A [ see note under tan] (aplicado a un adjetivo o adverbio) so; (aplicado a un verbo) so much

es tan difícil de describir it's so difficult to describe

¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!

¡te he echado tanto de menos! I've missed you so much!

si es así, tanto mejor if that's the case, so much the better

y si no te gusta, tanto peor para ti and if you don't like it, too bad o ( colloq) tough!

vamos, no es tan difícil come on, it's not that difficult

¡y tanto! and how!

el tan esperado acontecimiento the long-awaited event

ya no cenamos afuera tanto nowadays we don't eat out so often o so much

de tanto que habla te marea he talks so much he makes your head spin

es tanto más importante cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos ( frml); it is all the more important because it is his only source of income

no deberías trabajar/gastar tanto you shouldn't work so hard/spend so much

tan/tanto … QUE:

llegó tan tarde que ya no había nadie he arrived so late (that) everybody had gone

tanto insistió que no tuve más remedio que quedarme he was so insistent that I just had to stay

tan/tanto … COMO:

no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks

sale tanto como tú/como se lo permiten los compromisos he goes out as much o as often as you do/as his commitments allow

tan pronto como le sea posible as soon as you can, as soon as possible

no han mejorado tanto como para poder ganar el torneo they haven't improved enough to win the tournament

tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against

te lo cobran tanto si lo comes como si no lo comes they charge you for it whether you eat it or not

B

( AmL exc CS): qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?

es difícil decir qué tanto hay de autobiográfico en la novela it is difficult to say how much of the novel is autobiographical

C para locs ver tanto³ pron B. (↑ tanto (3))

tanto² -ta

adjective

A

1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many

no sabía que había tanto espacio/tantas habitaciones I didn't know there was so much space/there were so many rooms

había tantísima gente ( fam); there were so many o such a lot of people

¡tiene tanta fuerza …! she has such strength …!, she is so strong …!

¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!, it's been such a long time!

tanto … QUE:

comió tanto chocolate que le hizo mal he ate so much chocolate (that) it made him ill

tanto … COMO:

tengo tanto derecho como el que más I've got as much right as anyone else o as the next man

no ha habido tantos turistas como el año pasado there haven't been as many o so many tourists as last year

2 ( fam)

(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd ( colloq)

mil quinientos y tantos pesos one thousand five hundred and something pesos, fifteen hundred something pesos ( AmE)

B ( sing) ( fam) (con valor plural) so many

había tanto mosquito que no pudimos dormir there were so many mosquitoes we couldn't sleep

tanto³ -ta

pronoun

A

1 ( sing) so much; (pl) so many

¿no querías azúcar? — sí, pero no tanta didn't you want sugar? — yes, but not that much

vinieron tantos que no alcanzaron los asientos so many people came there weren't enough seats

es uno de tantos he's one of many

¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!

¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?

ni tanto ni tan calvo or tan poco there's no need to go that far

no es para tanto ( fam): no te pongas así, hombre; tampoco es para tanto come on, there's no need to get like that about it

duele un poco, pero no es para tanto it hurts a bit, but it's not that bad

no pinta mal pero tampoco es para tanto she's not a bad artist but she's not that good

tanto monta, monta tanto ( Esp); it makes no difference, it's as broad as it is long ( colloq)

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2 ( fam)

(expresando cantidades indeterminadas): hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morning

te cobran tanto por folio/por minuto they charge you so much a sheet/a minute

en el año mil ochocientos treinta y tantos in eighteen thirty-something

cincuenta y tantas fifty-odd, fifty or so

3

tanto (refiriéndose a tiempo) so long

hace tanto que no me llama she hasn't called me for such a long time o for so long, it's been so long since she called me

todavía faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?

B ( en locs):

en tanto while

en tanto ella atendía a los clientes, él cocinaba while she served the customers, he did the cooking

en tanto + SUBJ as long as, so long as

en tanto tú estés aquí as long as you're here

en tanto que ( frml) (como) as; (dado que) inasmuch as ( frml), insofar as ( frml)

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime

hasta tanto + SUBJ

( frml): hasta tanto (no) se solucione este conflicto until this conflict is solved

otro tanto: otro tanto cabe decir de su política exterior the same can be said of their foreign policy

me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as many again still to do

cuesta unos $15 y las pilas, casi otro tanto it costs about $15 and then the batteries cost nearly as much again

por (lo) tanto therefore

tan siquiera: ¡si tan siquiera me hubieras prevenido! if only you'd warned me!

no le escribió ni tan siquiera una notita he didn't even write her a little note

cómprale tan siquiera unas flores at least buy her some flowers o buy her some flowers, at least

tan sólo only

tenía tan sólo cuatro años he was only four years old

por tan sólo dos mil pesos for only o for as little as two thousand pesos

tanto es así or tan así es so much so

se sentía mal, tanto es así que no quiso comer she felt ill, so much so that she didn't want anything to eat

tanto más cuanto que specially since, all the more so because

es importante, tanto más cuanto que es su única fuente de ingresos it's important, specially since o all the more so because it's his only source of income

tanto⁴

masculine

A

(cantidad): recibe un tanto por ciento por cada venta she gets a percentage o a certain percentage on every sale

tienes que entregar un tanto de depósito you have to put down so much o a certain amount as a deposit

B (punto — en fútbol) goal; (— en fútbol americano) point; (— en tenis, en juegos) point

apuntarse un tanto to score a point

C ( en locs):

al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture

me mantengo al tanto de lo que pasa en el mundo I keep abreast of o I keep up to date with what is going on in the world

te mantendré al tanto I'll keep you informed

ya está al tanto de lo ocurrido he already knows what's happened

estáte al tanto para cuando venga keep an eye out for him ( colloq)

un tanto somewhat, rather, a little

un tanto triste somewhat o rather o a little sad

* * *

tanto 1 adverbio
1 [ see note under
◊ tan ] ( aplicado a adjetivo o adverbio) so;

( aplicado a verbo) so much;
◊ es tan bonito it's so beautiful;

¡es una chica tan amable! she's such a nice girl!;
tanto mejor so much the better;
tan solo only;
tanto es así que … so much so that …;
ya no salimos tanto we don't go out so often o so much now;
llegó tan tarde que … he arrived so late (that) …;
no es tan tímida como parece she's not as shy as she looks;
sale tanto como tú he goes out as much as you do;
tan pronto como puedas as soon as you can;
tanto Suárez como Vargas votaron en contra both Suárez and Vargas voted against
2 (AmL exc RPl)
◊ qué tanto/qué tan: ¿qué tanto te duele? how much does it hurt?;

¿qué tan alto es? how tall is he?
■ sustantivo masculino
1 ( cantidad):
◊ un tanto por ciento a percentage;

hay que dejar un tanto de depósito you have to put down a certain amount as a deposit
2 ( punto — en fútbol) goal;
(— en fútbol americano, tenis, juegos) point
3 ( en locs)
◊ al tanto: me puso al tanto she put me in the picture;

mantenerse al tanto de algo to keep up to date with sth;
estar al tanto (pendiente, alerta) to be on the ball (colloq);
está al tanto de lo ocurrido he knows what's happened;
un tanto somewhat, rather;
un tanto triste somewhat sad
tanto 2
◊ -ta adjetivo

a) ( sing) so much;

(pl) so many;
◊ había tanto espacio/tantos niños there was so much space/there were so many children;

¡tanto tiempo sin verte! it's been so long!;
tanto dinero/tantos turistas como … as much money/as many tourists as …
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):

◊ tenía setenta y tantos años he was seventy something, he was seventy-odd (colloq)

■ pronombre
1
a) ( sing) so much;

(pl) so many;
◊ ¡tengo tanto que hacer! I've so much to do!;

vinieron tantos que … so many people came (that) …;
¿de verdad gana tanto? does he really earn that much?;
no ser para tanto (fam): duele, pero no es para tanto it hurts, but it's not that bad
b) (fam) ( expresando cantidades indeterminadas):

◊ hasta las tantas de la madrugada until the early hours of the morning;

treinta y tantas thirty or so
c) ( refiriéndose a tiempo):

◊ hace tanto que no me llama it's been so long since she called me;

aún faltan dos horas — ¿tanto? there's still two hours to go — what? that long?
2 ( en locs)
◊ en tanto while;

entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime;
otro tanto as much again;
me queda otro tanto por hacer I have as much again still to do;
por (lo) tanto therefore
tanto,-a
I adjetivo & pron
1 (gran cantidad, mucho) (con singular) so much
(con plural) so many: ¿cómo puedes ahorrar tanto (dinero)?, how are you able to save so much money?
no necesito tantos folios, I don't need so many sheets of paper
¡hace tanto tiempo!, it's been so long!
no es para tanto, it's not that bad
2 (cantidad imprecisa) le costó cuarenta y tantos dólares, it cost her forty-odd dollars
tiene cincuenta y tantos años, he's fifty something o fifty-odd
3 (en comparaciones: con singular) as much
(: en plural) as many: tiene tantos amigos como tú, he has as many friends as you
II adverbio tanto 1 (hasta tal punto) so much: no deberías beber tanto, you shouldn't drink so much
si vienes con nosotros, tanto mejor, if you come with us, so much the better
tanto peor, so much the worse
2 (referido a tiempo) so long: tardé un mes en escribirlo, - ¿tanto?, I spent one month writing it, - so long?
(a menudo) ya no sale tanto, nowadays he doesn't go out so often
III sustantivo masculino tanto 1 Dep point
Ftb goal
2 (una cantidad determinada) a certain amount
♦ Locuciones: figurado apuntarse un tanto, to score a point
estar al tanto, to be up-to-date
poner al tanto, to put sb in the picture
a las tantas: me llamó a las tantas de la madrugada/de la noche, she phoned me in the early hours of the morning/very late at night
entre tanto, meanwhile
otro tanto, as much again
por lo tanto, therefore
tanto (...) como (...), both: tanto Pedro como María, both Pedro and María
tanto por ciento, percentage
un tanto, somewhat, rather, a bit
un tanto cansado, rather tired
¡y tanto!, and how!
' tanto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- amargada
- amargado
- atonía
- bar
- calva
- calvo
- ciento
- cuñada
- cuñado
- embrutecerse
- empañar
- escarnio
- fastidio
- griterío
- gusto
- hartar
- hermano
- histórica
- histórico
- idiotizar
- licuación
- marcar
- mejor
- mientras
- mucha
- mucho
- normal
- objeto
- padre
- para
- parecerse
- permitirse
- que
- ronca
- ronco
- satisfacción
- sobrino
- tanta
- tela
- toda
- todo
- tutearse
- ver
- vencerse
- anotar
- anular
- apuntar
- arreglar
- así
English:
acquaint
- all
- alone
- as
- awaken
- ball
- better
- bog down
- both
- critical
- delay
- din
- ear
- excitement
- fall apart
- fuss over
- hence
- labour
- lie down
- meantime
- meanwhile
- monopolize
- much
- must
- name
- neither
- packaging
- picture
- point
- privy
- rupture
- score
- scorer
- so
- somewhat
- song
- spin out
- stretch out
- such
- that
- therefore
- this
- whereas
- work
- alike
- begrudge
- cope
- every
- fail
- follow

* * *

tanto, -a

♦ adj

1. [gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
tanto dinero so much money, such a lot of money;

tanta gente so many people;

tiene tanto entusiasmo/tantos amigos que… she is so enthusiastic/has so many friends that…;
Fam
nunca había visto tanto niño junto en mi vida I'd never seen so many children in one place;

de tanto gritar se quedó afónico he lost his voice from all that shouting, he shouted so much that he lost his voice;

¡tanto quejarse del tiempo y luego se mudan a Alaska! they never stop complaining about the weather and then they move to Alaska!

2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
nos daban tantos pesos al día they used to give us so many pesos per day;

hay cuarenta y tantos candidatos there are forty-odd o forty or so candidates;

tiene treinta y tantos años she's thirty-something o thirty-odd;

nos conocimos en el año sesenta y tantos we met in nineteen sixty-something

3. [en comparaciones]
tanto… como as much… as;

tantos… como as many… as;

hoy no hay tanta gente como ayer there aren't as many people today as yesterday

♦ pron

1. [tan gran cantidad] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
tenemos tanto de qué hablar we have so much o such a lot to talk about;

¿cómo puedes tener tantos? how can you have so many?;

éramos tantos que faltó comida there were so many of us we ran out of food;

Comp

ser uno de tantos to be nothing special

2. [cantidad indeterminada] [singular] so much;
[plural] so many;
si el petróleo está a tanto el barril… if oil costs so much a barrel…;

a tantos de agosto on such and such a date in August;

debe de andar por los cuarenta y tantos he must be forty-odd;

ocurrió en el sesenta y tantos it happened in nineteen sixty-something

3. [igual cantidad] [singular] as much;
[plural] as many;
tantos as many;

tantos como desees as many as you like;

había mucha gente aquí, pero allí no había tanta there were a lot of people here, but there weren't as many there;

otro tanto as much again, the same again;

otro tanto le ocurrió a los demás the same thing happened to the rest of them;

ponme otro tanto same again, please;

Comp
Fam
ni tanto ni tan calvo there's no need to go to extremes;

Comp
Esp
tanto monta, monta tanto it makes no difference, it's all the same to me/him/ etc

♦ adv

1. [mucho]
tanto (que…) [cantidad] so much (that…);
[tiempo] so long (that…);
no bebas tanto don't drink so much;

de eso hace tanto que ya no me acordaba it's been so long since that happened that I don't even remember;

la aprecia tanto que… he's so fond of her that…;

ya no llueve tanto it's not raining as much o so hard now;

ya no vienen tanto por aquí they don't come here so often o as much any more;

la quiero, pero no tanto I like her, but not that much;

quizás tardemos una hora en llegar – ¡no tanto! it may take us an hour to get there – it won't take that long!;

¿nos denunciarán? – no creo que la cosa llegue a tanto will they report us? – I don't think it will come to that;

no es para tanto [no es tan grave, malo] it's not too serious;
[no te enfades] there's no need to get so upset about it, it's not such a big deal;
¿el mejor escritor de la historia? yo creo que no es para tanto the best writer ever? I don't see what all the fuss is about myself;

faltan cien kilómetros todavía – ¿tanto? there are still a hundred kilometres to go – as much as that?;

tanto (es así) que… so much so that…;

odia las fiestas, tanto es así que no celebra ni su cumpleaños he hates parties, so much so that he doesn't even celebrate his own birthday;

tanto más cuanto que… all the more so because…;

tanto mejor/peor so much the better/worse;

si no nos quieren invitar, tanto peor para ellos if they don't want to invite us, that's their loss;

¡y tanto! absolutely!, you bet!;

hay cosas más importantes en la vida – ¡y tanto! there are more important things in life – there certainly are! o that's too true!

2. [en comparaciones]
tanto como as much as;

me gusta tanto como a ti I like it (just) as much as you do;

la casa está deteriorada, pero no tanto como para demolerla the house is in a poor state of repair, but not so as you'd want to demolish it;

tanto hombres como mujeres both men and women;

tanto si estoy en casa como si no whether I'm at home or not

3. Am
qué tanto [cuánto]: [m5]¿qué tanto lo conoces? how well do you know him?;

no importa qué tanto sepan de tecnología it doesn't matter how much they know about technology

♦ nm

1. [punto] point;
[gol] goal;
marcar un tanto to score

Comp
tanto directo de saque [en tenis] ace;
tanto de saque [en tenis] service point

2. [ventaja] point;

apuntarse un tanto (a favor) to earn a point in one's favour

3. [poco]
un tanto a bit, rather;

es un tanto pesada she's a bit of a bore o rather boring;

se le ve un tanto triste he seems rather sad

4. [cantidad indeterminada]
un tanto so much, a certain amount;

te cobran un tanto por la reparación y otro por el desplazamiento they charge you so much o a certain amount for the repair work and on top of that a call-out charge;

un tanto así [acompañado de un gesto] this much

Comp
tanto por ciento percentage;
¿qué tanto por ciento de IVA llevan los libros? what percentage Br VAT o US sales tax do you pay on books?

♦ al tanto loc adv

siempre está al tanto de todo she always knows everything that's going on;

no estoy al tanto de lo que ha pasado I'm not up to date with what happened;

mantener a alguien al tanto de algo [informado] to keep sb up to date on o informed about sth;

te mantendremos al tanto we'll keep you informed;

mantenerse al tanto (de algo) to keep up to date (on sth), to keep oneself informed (about sth);

poner a alguien al tanto (de algo) to inform sb (about sth)

♦ en tanto que loc conj

1. [mientras, hasta que] while;

espera en tanto que acabamos wait while we finish

2. [mientras, pero] while, whereas;

él dimitió en tanto que los demás siguieron en el cargo he resigned while o whereas the others remained in their posts

♦ en tanto que loc prep
[como] as;
en tanto que director, me corresponde la decisión as manager, it's for me to decide

♦ entre tanto loc adv
[mientras] meanwhile;
haz las camas y entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds and, meanwhile, I'll do the dishes

♦ hasta tanto loc conj
[hasta que] until;
hasta tanto no se reúnan until they meet

♦ por (lo) tanto loc conj

therefore, so

* * *

tanto

I adj so much; igual cantidad as much;

tantos pl so many; igual número as many;

comí tantos pasteles que me puse malo I ate so many candies that I was ill;

no vimos tantos pájaros como ayer we didn’t see as many birds as we did yesterday

II pron so much; igual cantidad as much;

un tanto a little;

tantos pl so many; igual número as many;

uno de tantos one of many;

tienes tanto you have so much;

no hay tantos como ayer there aren’t as many as yesterday;

a las tantas de la noche in the small hours

III adv so much; igual cantidad as much; periodo so long;

tardó tanto como él she took as long as him;

tanto mejor so much the better;

no es para tanto it’s not such a big deal;

a tanto no llega things aren’t as bad as that;

tanto es así que … so much so that…;

tanto (me) da I don’t really care;

¡y tanto! yeah!, right on!

IV en locuciones

:

por lo tanto therefore, so;

entre tanto meanwhile;

ella trabajaba en tanto que él veía la televisión she was working while he was watching television

V m

1 point;

apuntarse o

marcar un tanto DEP score a point;

tanto por ciento percentage

2

:

estar al tanto be informed (de about)

3

:

él es muy inteligente, y ella otro tanto he is very intelligent and so is she o and she is too

* * *

tanto adv

1) : so much

tanto mejor: so much the better

2) : so long

¿por qué te tardaste tanto?: why did you take so long?

tanto, -ta adj

1) : so much, so many, such

no hagas tantas preguntas: don't ask so many questions

tiene tanto encanto: he has such charm, he's so charming

2) : as much, as many

come tantos dulces como yo: she eats as many sweets as I do

3) : odd, however many

cuarenta y tantos años: forty-odd years

tanto nm

1) : certain amount

2) : goal, point (in sports)

3)

al tanto : abreast, in the picture

4)

un tanto : somewhat, rather

un tanto cansado: rather tired

tanto, -ta pron

1) : so much, so many

tiene tanto que hacer: she has so much to do

¡no me des tantos!: don't give me so many!

2)

entre tanto : meanwhile

3)

por lo tanto : therefore

* * *

tanto¹ adj pron

1. (con nombres incontables) so much

no deberías tomar tanto café you shouldn't drink so much coffee

2. (con nombres contables) so many

¡hay tantos mosquitos! there are so many mosquitoes!

Cuando se traduce con un adjetivo en inglés, se usa so a secas

hace tanto frío it's so cold

hacía tanto calor it was so hot

tengo tanta hambre I'm so hungry

tanto... como as much... as / as many... as

Depende de si el nombre es contable o incontable

tiene tanto dinero como tú he's got as much money as you

tenéis tantos gatos como nosotros you've got as many cats as us

por lo tanto therefore

... y tantos... something

tiene treinta y tantos años he's thirty something

las tantas the early hours

tanto² adv

1. (en general) so much

no deberías fumar tanto you shouldn't smoke so much

2. (tiempo) so long

tardabas tanto, que me fui you took so long, that I went

no es para tanto it's not that bad

tanto... como... both... and...

tanto tú como yo sabemos como es both you and I know what he's like

tanto mejor so much the better

tanto³ n point / goal

tanto por ciento percentage

estar al tanto (saber) to know (estar alerta) to be on the alert

poner a alguien al tanto to put someone in the picture

Spanish-English dictionary > tanto
5 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
6 Edison, Thomas Alva

SUBJECT AREA: Architecture and building, Automotive engineering, Electricity, Electronics and information technology, Metallurgy, Photography, film and optics, Public utilities, Recording, Telecommunications

[br]

b. 11 February 1847 Milan, Ohio, USA

d. 18 October 1931 Glenmont

[br]

American inventor and pioneer electrical developer.

[br]

He was the son of Samuel Edison, who was in the timber business. His schooling was delayed due to scarlet fever until 1855, when he was 8½ years old, but he was an avid reader. By the age of 14 he had a job as a newsboy on the railway from Port Huron to Detroit, a distance of sixty-three miles (101 km). He worked a fourteen-hour day with a stopover of five hours, which he spent in the Detroit Free Library. He also sold sweets on the train and, later, fruit and vegetables, and was soon making a profit of $20 a week. He then started two stores in Port Huron and used a spare freight car as a laboratory. He added a hand-printing press to produce 400 copies weekly of The Grand Trunk Herald, most of which he compiled and edited himself. He set himself to learn telegraphy from the station agent at Mount Clements, whose son he had saved from being run over by a freight car.

At the age of 16 he became a telegraphist at Port Huron. In 1863 he became railway telegraphist at the busy Stratford Junction of the Grand Trunk Railroad, arranging a clock with a notched wheel to give the hourly signal which was to prove that he was awake and at his post! He left hurriedly after failing to hold a train which was nearly involved in a head-on collision. He usually worked the night shift, allowing himself time for experiments during the day. His first invention was an arrangement of two Morse registers so that a high-speed input could be decoded at a slower speed. Moving from place to place he held many positions as a telegraphist. In Boston he invented an automatic vote recorder for Congress and patented it, but the idea was rejected. This was the first of a total of 1180 patents that he was to take out during his lifetime. After six years he resigned from the Western Union Company to devote all his time to invention, his next idea being an improved ticker-tape machine for stockbrokers. He developed a duplex telegraphy system, but this was turned down by the Western Union Company. He then moved to New York.

Edison found accommodation in the battery room of Law's Gold Reporting Company, sleeping in the cellar, and there his repair of a broken transmitter marked him as someone of special talents. His superior soon resigned, and he was promoted with a salary of $300 a month. Western Union paid him $40,000 for the sole rights on future improvements on the duplex telegraph, and he moved to Ward Street, Newark, New Jersey, where he employed a gathering of specialist engineers. Within a year, he married one of his employees, Mary Stilwell, when she was only 16: a daughter, Marion, was born in 1872, and two sons, Thomas and William, in 1876 and 1879, respectively.

He continued to work on the automatic telegraph, a device to send out messages faster than they could be tapped out by hand: that is, over fifty words per minute or so. An earlier machine by Alexander Bain worked at up to 400 words per minute, but was not good over long distances. Edison agreed to work on improving this feature of Bain's machine for the Automatic Telegraph Company (ATC) for $40,000. He improved it to a working speed of 500 words per minute and ran a test between Washington and New York. Hoping to sell their equipment to the Post Office in Britain, ATC sent Edison to England in 1873 to negotiate. A 500-word message was to be sent from Liverpool to London every half-hour for six hours, followed by tests on 2,200 miles (3,540 km) of cable at Greenwich. Only confused results were obtained due to induction in the cable, which lay coiled in a water tank. Edison returned to New York, where he worked on his quadruplex telegraph system, tests of which proved a success between New York and Albany in December 1874. Unfortunately, simultaneous negotiation with Western Union and ATC resulted in a lawsuit.

Alexander Graham Bell was granted a patent for a telephone in March 1876 while Edison was still working on the same idea. His improvements allowed the device to operate over a distance of hundreds of miles instead of only a few miles. Tests were carried out over the 106 miles (170 km) between New York and Philadelphia. Edison applied for a patent on the carbon-button transmitter in April 1877, Western Union agreeing to pay him $6,000 a year for the seventeen-year duration of the patent. In these years he was also working on the development of the electric lamp and on a duplicating machine which would make up to 3,000 copies from a stencil. In 1876–7 he moved from Newark to Menlo Park, twenty-four miles (39 km) from New York on the Pennsylvania Railway, near Elizabeth. He had bought a house there around which he built the premises that would become his "inventions factory". It was there that he began the use of his 200- page pocket notebooks, each of which lasted him about two weeks, so prolific were his ideas. When he died he left 3,400 of them filled with notes and sketches.

Late in 1877 he applied for a patent for a phonograph which was granted on 19 February 1878, and by the end of the year he had formed a company to manufacture this totally new product. At the time, Edison saw the device primarily as a business aid rather than for entertainment, rather as a dictating machine. In August 1878 he was granted a British patent. In July 1878 he tried to measure the heat from the solar corona at a solar eclipse viewed from Rawlins, Wyoming, but his "tasimeter" was too sensitive.

Probably his greatest achievement was "The Subdivision of the Electric Light" or the "glow bulb". He tried many materials for the filament before settling on carbon. He gave a demonstration of electric light by lighting up Menlo Park and inviting the public. Edison was, of course, faced with the problem of inventing and producing all the ancillaries which go to make up the electrical system of generation and distribution-meters, fuses, insulation, switches, cabling—even generators had to be designed and built; everything was new. He started a number of manufacturing companies to produce the various components needed.

In 1881 he built the world's largest generator, which weighed 27 tons, to light 1,200 lamps at the Paris Exhibition. It was later moved to England to be used in the world's first central power station with steam engine drive at Holborn Viaduct, London. In September 1882 he started up his Pearl Street Generating Station in New York, which led to a worldwide increase in the application of electric power, particularly for lighting. At the same time as these developments, he built a 1,300yd (1,190m) electric railway at Menlo Park.

On 9 August 1884 his wife died of typhoid. Using his telegraphic skills, he proposed to 19-year-old Mina Miller in Morse code while in the company of others on a train. He married her in February 1885 before buying a new house and estate at West Orange, New Jersey, building a new laboratory not far away in the Orange Valley.

Edison used direct current which was limited to around 250 volts. Alternating current was largely developed by George Westinghouse and Nicola Tesla, using transformers to step up the current to a higher voltage for long-distance transmission. The use of AC gradually overtook the Edison DC system.

In autumn 1888 he patented a form of cinephotography, the kinetoscope, obtaining film-stock from George Eastman. In 1893 he set up the first film studio, which was pivoted so as to catch the sun, with a hinged roof which could be raised. In 1894 kinetoscope parlours with "peep shows" were starting up in cities all over America. Competition came from the Latham Brothers with a screen-projection machine, which Edison answered with his "Vitascope", shown in New York in 1896. This showed pictures with accompanying sound, but there was some difficulty with synchronization. Edison also experimented with captions at this early date.

In 1880 he filed a patent for a magnetic ore separator, the first of nearly sixty. He bought up deposits of low-grade iron ore which had been developed in the north of New Jersey. The process was a commercial success until the discovery of iron-rich ore in Minnesota rendered it uneconomic and uncompetitive. In 1898 cement rock was discovered in New Village, west of West Orange. Edison bought the land and started cement manufacture, using kilns twice the normal length and using half as much fuel to heat them as the normal type of kiln. In 1893 he met Henry Ford, who was building his second car, at an Edison convention. This started him on the development of a battery for an electric car on which he made over 9,000 experiments. In 1903 he sold his patent for wireless telegraphy "for a song" to Guglielmo Marconi.

In 1910 Edison designed a prefabricated concrete house. In December 1914 fire destroyed three-quarters of the West Orange plant, but it was at once rebuilt, and with the threat of war Edison started to set up his own plants for making all the chemicals that he had previously been buying from Europe, such as carbolic acid, phenol, benzol, aniline dyes, etc. He was appointed President of the Navy Consulting Board, for whom, he said, he made some forty-five inventions, "but they were pigeonholed, every one of them". Thus did Edison find that the Navy did not take kindly to civilian interference.

In 1927 he started the Edison Botanic Research Company, founded with similar investment from Ford and Firestone with the object of finding a substitute for overseas-produced rubber. In the first year he tested no fewer than 3,327 possible plants, in the second year, over 1,400, eventually developing a variety of Golden Rod which grew to 14 ft (4.3 m) in height. However, all this effort and money was wasted, due to the discovery of synthetic rubber.

In October 1929 he was present at Henry Ford's opening of his Dearborn Museum to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the incandescent lamp, including a replica of the Menlo Park laboratory. He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal and was elected to the American Academy of Sciences. He died in 1931 at his home, Glenmont; throughout the USA, lights were dimmed temporarily on the day of his funeral.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

Member of the American Academy of Sciences. Congressional Gold Medal.

Further Reading

M.Josephson, 1951, Edison, Eyre \& Spottiswode.

R.W.Clark, 1977, Edison, the Man who Made the Future, Macdonald \& Jane.

IMcN

Biographical history of technology > Edison, Thomas Alva
7 subir

v.

1 to go/come up (ascender) (calle, escaleras).

subió las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran up o climbed the stairs as fast as she could

subir en ascensor to go/come up in the lift o (British) elevator (United States)

subir por la escalera to go/come up the stairs

2 to lift up (poner arriba).

ayúdame a subir la caja help me get the box up; (a lo alto) help me carry the box upstairs (al piso de arriba)

3 to put up, to increase (increase) (precio, peso).

La empresa sube los precios The company increases the prices.

Me subió la calentura My fever increased.

4 to raise (alzar) (mano, bandera, voz).

El chico sube la cama The boy raises the bed.

5 to raise the pitch of (Music).

6 to go up, to rise (increase) (precio, temperatura).

subir de categoría to improve; (mejorar) to be promoted (ser ascendido)

El elevador sube The elevator climbs.

7 to get on (montar) (en avión, barco).

sube al coche get into the car

8 to rise (cooking) (crecer).

9 to walk up, to climb.

Ella subió el sendero She walked up the path.

* * *

subir

► verbo intransitivo

1 (ir hacia arriba - gen) to go up, come up; (- avión) to climb

2 (en un vehículo - coche) to get in; (autobús, avión, barco, tren) to get on, get onto

■ ¡venga, sube! go on, get in!

3 (montar - bicicleta) to get on; (- caballo) to get on, mount

4 (a un árbol) to climb up

5 figurado (elevarse, aumentar) to rise

6 figurado (categoría, puesto) to be promoted

7 figurado (cuenta) to come (a, to)

■ la deuda sube a dos mil euros the debt comes to two thoudsand euros

► verbo transitivo

1 (escaleras, calle) to go up, climb; (montaña) to climb

2 (mover arriba) to carry up, take up, bring up; (poner arriba) to put upstairs

■ súbelo arriba take it upstairs

3 (cabeza etc) to lift, raise

4 (pared) to raise

5 COSTURA to take up

■ subir un dobladillo to take up a hem

6 figurado (precio, salario, etc) to raise, put up

7 figurado (subir el volumen - voz) to raise; (- aparato) to turn up

8 figurado (color) to strengthen

► verbo pronominal subirse

1 (piso, escalera) to go up

2 (árbol, muro, etc) to climb up (a, -)

3 (en un vehículo - coche) to get in (a, -); (autobús) to get on (a, -); (avión, barco, tren) to get on (a, -), get onto (a,-)

■ ¡súbete, súbete al coche! get in, get into the car!

4 (en animales, bicicleta) to get on (a, -), mount

5 (ropa, calcetines) to pull up; (cremallera) to do up, zip up; (mangas) to roll up

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

subir a bordo to get on board

subir al trono figurado to ascend to the throne

subir como la espuma familiar to spread like wildfire

subirse por las paredes figurado to hit the roof

subírsele a uno los humos a la cabeza figurado to become conceited

subírsele algo a la cabeza figurado to go to one's head

* * *

verb

1) to increase, rise

2) raise

3) climb

•

- subir a

* * *

1. VT

1) (=levantar) [+ pierna, brazo, objeto] to lift, lift up, raise; [+ calcetines, pantalones, persianas] to pull up

sube los brazos — lift your arms (up), raise your arms

2) (=poner arriba) [llevando] to take up; [trayendo] to bring up

¿me puedes ayudar a subir las maletas? — can you help me to take up the cases?

voy a subir esta caja arriba — I'll take this box upstairs

¿puedes subir ese cuadro de abajo? — could you bring that picture up from down there?

lo subieron al portaequipajes — they put it up on the rack

lo subimos a un taxi — we put him in a taxi

3) (=ascender) [+ calle, cuesta, escalera, montaña] (=ir arriba) to go up; (=venir arriba) to come up

subió las escaleras de dos en dos — she went up the stairs two at a time

tenía problemas para subir las escaleras — he had difficulty getting up o climbing the stairs

4) (=aumentar) [+ precio, salario] to put up, raise, increase; [+ artículo en venta] to put up the price of

los taxistas han subido sus tarifas — taxi drivers have put their fares up o have raised their fares

van a subir la gasolina — they are going to put up o increase the price of petrol

5) (=elevar) [+ volumen, televisión, radio] to turn up; [+ voz] to raise

sube la radio, que no se oye — turn the radio up, I can't hear it

6) [en escalafón] [+ persona] to promote

7) (Arquit) to put up, build

subir una pared — to put up o build a wall

8) (Mús) to raise the pitch of

2. VI

1) (=ir arriba) to go up; (=venir arriba) to come up; [en un monte, en el aire] to climb

suba al tercer piso — go up to the third floor

sube, que te voy a enseñar unos discos — come up, I've got some records to show you

seguimos subiendo hasta la cima — we went on climbing till we reached the summit

estaba mirando como la mosca subía por la ventana — I watched the fly move slowly up the window

tuvimos que subir andando — we had to walk up

2) (Transportes) [en autobús, avión, tren, bicicleta, moto, caballo] to get on; [en coche, taxi] to get in

subir a un autobús/avión/tren — to get on(to) a bus/plane/train

subir a un coche — to get in(to) a car

subir a una bicicleta — to get on(to) a bike

subir a un caballo — to mount a horse, get on(to) a horse

subir a bordo — to go o get on board

3) [en el escalafón] to be promoted (a to)

nuestro objetivo es subir a primera división — our aim is to go up o be promoted to the First Division

4) (=aumentar) [precio, valor] to go up, rise; [temperatura] to rise

la gasolina ha vuelto a subir — (the price of) petrol has gone up again

sigue subiendo la bolsa — share prices are still rising

le ha subido la fiebre — her temperature has gone up o risen
tono 2)
5) (=aumentar de nivel) [río, mercurio] to rise; [marea] to come in

6) [cantidad]

subir a — to come to, total

3.

See:

subirse
SUBIR Otros verbos de movimiento ► Subir la cuesta/ la escalera {etc}, por regla general, se suele traducir por to come up o por to go up, según la dirección del movimiento (hacia o en sentido contrario al hablante), pero come y go se pueden reemplazar por otros verbos de movimiento si la oración española especifica la forma en que se sube mediante el uso de adverbios o construcciones adverbiales: Tim subió las escaleras a gatas Tim crept up the stairs El mes pasado los precios subieron vertiginosamente Prices shot up last month Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go up; ( acercándose) to come up

hay que subir a pie — you have to walk up

ahora subo — I'll be right up

los autobuses que suben al pueblo — the buses that go up to the village

el camino sube hasta la cima — the path goes up to o leads to the top of the hill

b)

subir A algo — a autobús/tren/avión to get on o onto sth; a coche to get in o into sth; a caballo/bicicleta to get on o onto sth, to mount sth (frml)

subir a bordo — to go o get on board

c) ( de categoría) to go up; ( en el escalafón) to be promoted

han subido a primera división — they've been promoted to o they've gone up to the first division

d) ( en tenis)

subir a la red — to go up to the net

2)

a) marea to come in; aguas/río to rise

b) fiebre/tensión to go up, rise; temperatura to rise

c) leche materna to come in

3) precio/valor/cotización/salario to rise, go up
2.
subir vt

1) < montaña> to climb; < cuesta> to go up, climb; < escaleras> to go up, climb

subió corriendo la escalera — she ran upstairs

2)

a) <objeto/niño> ( llevar arriba - acercándose) to bring up; (- alejándose) to take up

voy a subir la compra — I'm just going to take the shopping upstairs

tengo que subir unas cajas al desván — I have to put some boxes up in the attic

b) <objeto/niño> ( poner más alto)

sube al niño al caballo — lift the child onto the horse

voy a subir un poco este cuadro — I'm going to put this picture up a bit higher

traía el cuello del abrigo subido — he had his coat collar turned up

c) <persiana/telón> to raise; < pantalones> to pull up

¿me subes la cremallera? — will you zip me up?, will you fasten my zipper (AmE) o (BrE) zip?

subió la ventanilla — she raised the window

d) < dobladillo> to take up; < falda> to take o turn up

3) (Inf) to upload

4)

a) <precios/salarios> to raise, put up

¿cuánto te han subido este año? — how much did your salary go up this year?

b) <volumen/radio> to turn up

sube un poco la calefacción — turn the heating o heat up a little
3.
subirse verbo pronominal

1)

a) (a coche, autobús, etc) verbo intransitivo 1 b

b) ( trepar) to climb

se subió al árbol/al muro — she climbed up the tree/(up) onto the walls

estaba subido a un árbol/caballo — he was up a tree/sitting on a horse

c) (a la cabeza, cara) (+ me/te/le etc)

el éxito se le subió a la cabeza — the success went to his head

se me subieron los colores — I went red o blushed

2) (refl) <calcetines/pantalones> to pull up

* * *

= go up, move up, raise, rise, ascend, mount, walk up, elevate, climb, bring up, zip, move down, hike up, scale, spike, crank up, get + high, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch, ratchet up, mark + Nombre + up, amp up, turn up.

Ex. Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex. Now we move up the chain providing index entries for each of the potentially sought terms.

Ex. The speaker said that James estimated people function at only 20% of their capacity, and concluded that they could raise this percentage considerable if they knew how to manage their time more efficiently.

Ex. If suppliers are forced out of business, there will be less software to lend and prices will rise with the lack of competition.

Ex. As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.

Ex. He fully expected the director to acquiesce, for his eyebrows mounted ever so slightly.

Ex. Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex. Some of the things that are said about genuine bookselling do at times seem to elevate this occupation to a level far beyond mere commerce.

Ex. Stanton felt a bit like someone who, after boasting that she could dive into water from a great height has climbed to the height and dares not jump, but knows that she must jump.

Ex. Matrix and mould were pivoted and were brought up to the nozzle of a metal pump for the moment of casting, and then swung back to eject the new-made letter.

Ex. The study investigated the use of a video to teach 3 self-help skills (cleaning sunglasses, putting on a wristwatch, and zipping a jacket) to 3 elementary students with mental disabilities.

Ex. Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex. The government has hiked up the rate of income tax being paid by oil multinationals.

Ex. You'll be scaling walls, jumping between rooftops, swinging on ropes, hanging from pipes, sliding under 4WDs and doing anything you can to avoid those zombies.

Ex. Baby boomers are desperately trying to hold onto their salad days -- plastic surgery, vitamins and drugs like Viagra have spiked in public demand.

Ex. Refiners are cranking up diesel output to meet rising global demand.

Ex. Yes, some people with thin blood or whose pulse and blood pressure get high enough will have a nose bleed when excited.

Ex. Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.

Ex. Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.

Ex. There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.

Ex. We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.

Ex. David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.

Ex. Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.

Ex. After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

Ex. The health department has ratcheted up efforts to prevent or slow down the spread of swine flu in schools.

Ex. Determine how much it costs to make the item, how much it costs to market that item, and then mark it up by 15-30% or more.

Ex. In order to gain strength fast, you need to immediately begin amping up your strength thermostat in your mind.

Ex. Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

----

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* obligar a subir el precio = force up + prices.

* subir a = board.

* subir al poder = rise to + power.

* subir al trono = ascend (to) + the throne.

* subir a un barco = board + ship.

* subir de nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

* subir de precio = rise in + price.

* subir el listón = raise + the bar, move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

* subir el nivel = raise + standard, raise + the bar.

* subir el precio = push + cost + up, raise + price, jack up + the price, rack up + the price.

* subir el volumen = pump up + the volume.

* subir en = ride.

* subir en bici = ride + a bike.

* subir en bicicleta = ride + a bike.

* subir exageradamente = rise + steeply.

* subir la moral = boost + Posesivo + morale, lift + morale, increase + morale, improve + morale, boost + Posesivo + confidence, bolster + confidence.

* subirle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + up.

* subir ligeramente = nudge up.

* subir los impuestos = push + taxes.

* subir repentinamente = shoot up.

* subirse al autobús = get on + the bus.

* subirse al tren = jump on + the bandwagon, ride + the hype, catch + the fever.

* subírsele a la cabeza = go to + Posesivo + head.

* subírsele los colores = go + bright red.

* subírsele los humos a la cabeza = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* subirse por las paredes = be beside + Reflexivo.

* subir y/o bajar = move up and/or down.

* telón + subir = curtain + rise.

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

1)

a) ascensor/persona ( alejándose) to go up; ( acercándose) to come up

hay que subir a pie — you have to walk up

ahora subo — I'll be right up

los autobuses que suben al pueblo — the buses that go up to the village

el camino sube hasta la cima — the path goes up to o leads to the top of the hill

b)

subir A algo — a autobús/tren/avión to get on o onto sth; a coche to get in o into sth; a caballo/bicicleta to get on o onto sth, to mount sth (frml)

subir a bordo — to go o get on board

c) ( de categoría) to go up; ( en el escalafón) to be promoted

han subido a primera división — they've been promoted to o they've gone up to the first division

d) ( en tenis)

subir a la red — to go up to the net

2)

a) marea to come in; aguas/río to rise

b) fiebre/tensión to go up, rise; temperatura to rise

c) leche materna to come in

3) precio/valor/cotización/salario to rise, go up
2.
subir vt

1) < montaña> to climb; < cuesta> to go up, climb; < escaleras> to go up, climb

subió corriendo la escalera — she ran upstairs

2)

a) <objeto/niño> ( llevar arriba - acercándose) to bring up; (- alejándose) to take up

voy a subir la compra — I'm just going to take the shopping upstairs

tengo que subir unas cajas al desván — I have to put some boxes up in the attic

b) <objeto/niño> ( poner más alto)

sube al niño al caballo — lift the child onto the horse

voy a subir un poco este cuadro — I'm going to put this picture up a bit higher

traía el cuello del abrigo subido — he had his coat collar turned up

c) <persiana/telón> to raise; < pantalones> to pull up

¿me subes la cremallera? — will you zip me up?, will you fasten my zipper (AmE) o (BrE) zip?

subió la ventanilla — she raised the window

d) < dobladillo> to take up; < falda> to take o turn up

3) (Inf) to upload

4)

a) <precios/salarios> to raise, put up

¿cuánto te han subido este año? — how much did your salary go up this year?

b) <volumen/radio> to turn up

sube un poco la calefacción — turn the heating o heat up a little
3.
subirse verbo pronominal

1)

a) (a coche, autobús, etc) verbo intransitivo 1 b

b) ( trepar) to climb

se subió al árbol/al muro — she climbed up the tree/(up) onto the walls

estaba subido a un árbol/caballo — he was up a tree/sitting on a horse

c) (a la cabeza, cara) (+ me/te/le etc)

el éxito se le subió a la cabeza — the success went to his head

se me subieron los colores — I went red o blushed

2) (refl) <calcetines/pantalones> to pull up

* * *

= go up, move up, raise, rise, ascend, mount, walk up, elevate, climb, bring up, zip, move down, hike up, scale, spike, crank up, get + high, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch, ratchet up, mark + Nombre + up, amp up, turn up.

Ex: Since recall goes up as precision goes down, it is clearly not possible to achieve in general a system which gives full recall at the same time as full precision.

Ex: Now we move up the chain providing index entries for each of the potentially sought terms.

Ex: The speaker said that James estimated people function at only 20% of their capacity, and concluded that they could raise this percentage considerable if they knew how to manage their time more efficiently.

Ex: If suppliers are forced out of business, there will be less software to lend and prices will rise with the lack of competition.

Ex: As she ascended the staircase to the library director's office, she tried to fathom the reason for the imperious summons.

Ex: He fully expected the director to acquiesce, for his eyebrows mounted ever so slightly.

Ex: Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.

Ex: Some of the things that are said about genuine bookselling do at times seem to elevate this occupation to a level far beyond mere commerce.

Ex: Stanton felt a bit like someone who, after boasting that she could dive into water from a great height has climbed to the height and dares not jump, but knows that she must jump.

Ex: Matrix and mould were pivoted and were brought up to the nozzle of a metal pump for the moment of casting, and then swung back to eject the new-made letter.

Ex: The study investigated the use of a video to teach 3 self-help skills (cleaning sunglasses, putting on a wristwatch, and zipping a jacket) to 3 elementary students with mental disabilities.

Ex: Of the 32 institutions indicating some change in status from July 1982 to January 1983, 19 moved down in status and 13 moved up.

Ex: The government has hiked up the rate of income tax being paid by oil multinationals.

Ex: You'll be scaling walls, jumping between rooftops, swinging on ropes, hanging from pipes, sliding under 4WDs and doing anything you can to avoid those zombies.

Ex: Baby boomers are desperately trying to hold onto their salad days -- plastic surgery, vitamins and drugs like Viagra have spiked in public demand.

Ex: Refiners are cranking up diesel output to meet rising global demand.

Ex: Yes, some people with thin blood or whose pulse and blood pressure get high enough will have a nose bleed when excited.

Ex: Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.

Ex: Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.

Ex: There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.

Ex: We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.

Ex: David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.

Ex: Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.

Ex: After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

Ex: The health department has ratcheted up efforts to prevent or slow down the spread of swine flu in schools.

Ex: Determine how much it costs to make the item, how much it costs to market that item, and then mark it up by 15-30% or more.

Ex: In order to gain strength fast, you need to immediately begin amping up your strength thermostat in your mind.

Ex: Cytokines are small proteins used to communicate messages between the immune cells in the immune system to either turn up or down the immune response.

* estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.

* obligar a subir el precio = force up + prices.

* subir a = board.

* subir al poder = rise to + power.

* subir al trono = ascend (to) + the throne.

* subir a un barco = board + ship.

* subir de nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

* subir de precio = rise in + price.

* subir el listón = raise + the bar, move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

* subir el nivel = raise + standard, raise + the bar.

* subir el precio = push + cost + up, raise + price, jack up + the price, rack up + the price.

* subir el volumen = pump up + the volume.

* subir en = ride.

* subir en bici = ride + a bike.

* subir en bicicleta = ride + a bike.

* subir exageradamente = rise + steeply.

* subir la moral = boost + Posesivo + morale, lift + morale, increase + morale, improve + morale, boost + Posesivo + confidence, bolster + confidence.

* subirle la nota a Alguien = mark + Nombre + up.

* subir ligeramente = nudge up.

* subir los impuestos = push + taxes.

* subir repentinamente = shoot up.

* subirse al autobús = get on + the bus.

* subirse al tren = jump on + the bandwagon, ride + the hype, catch + the fever.

* subírsele a la cabeza = go to + Posesivo + head.

* subírsele los colores = go + bright red.

* subírsele los humos a la cabeza = get + too big for + Posesivo + boots, get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* subirse por las paredes = be beside + Reflexivo.

* subir y/o bajar = move up and/or down.

* telón + subir = curtain + rise.

* * *

subir [I1 ]

vi

A

1 «ascensor/persona» (alejándose) to go up; (acercándose) to come up

hay que subir a pie you have to walk up

ahora subo I'll be right up, I'm coming up now

voy a subir al caserío I'm going up to the farmhouse

los autobuses que suben al pueblo the buses that go up to the village

el camino sube hasta la cima the path goes up to o leads to the top of the hill

2 (a un coche) to get in; (a un autobús, etc) to get on subir A algo ‹a un autobús/un tren/un avión› to get ON o ONTO sth; ‹a un coche› to get IN o INTO sth; ‹a un caballo/una bicicleta› to get ON o ONTO sth, to mount sth ( frml)

subir a bordo to go/get on board

3 (de categoría) to go up

ha subido en el escalafón he has been promoted

han subido a primera división they've been promoted to o they've gone up to the first division

ha subido mucho en mi estima she has gone up a lot o ( frml) risen greatly in my estimation

4 ( Arg fam) to take up office/one's post

5

(en tenis): subir a la red to go up to the net

B

1 «marea» to come in; «aguas/río» to rise

las aguas no subieron de nivel the water level did not rise

2 «fiebre/tensión» to go up, rise

han subido las temperaturas temperatures have risen

3 ( Med) «leche» to come in, be produced

C «precio/valor/cotización» to rise, go up

la leche subió a 60 céntimos milk went up to sixty cents

el desempleo subió en 94.500 personas en el primer trimestre unemployment rose by 94,500 in the first quarter

ha subido el dólar con respecto al euro the dollar has risen against the euro

D ( Inf) to upload

■ subir

vt

A ‹montaña› to climb; ‹cuesta› to go up, climb

subió corriendo la escalera she ran upstairs

tiene problemas para subir la escalera he has trouble getting up o climbing the stairs

subió los escalones de dos en dos he went o walked up the stairs two at a time

B

1 ‹objeto/niño› (acercándose) to bring up; (alejándose) to take up

voy a subir la compra I'm just going to take the shopping upstairs

tengo que subir unas cajas al desván I have to put some boxes up in the attic

¿puedes subir las maletas? could you take the cases up?

sube al niño al caballo lift the child onto the horse

ese cuadro está muy bajo, ¿puedes subirlo un poco? that picture is very low, can you put it up a little higher?

traía el cuello del abrigo subido he had his coat collar turned up

2 ‹persiana/telón› to raise

¿me subes la cremallera? will you zip me up?, will you fasten my zipper ( AmE) o ( BrE) zip?

subió la ventanilla she wound the window up o closed o raised the window

ven que te suba los pantalones come here and let me pull your pants ( AmE) o ( BrE) trousers up for you

3 ‹dobladillo› to take up; ‹falda› to take o turn up

C

1 ‹precios/salarios› to raise, put up

¿cuánto te han subido este año? how much did your salary go up this year?

2 ‹volumen/radio› to turn up

sube el volumen turn the volume up

sube el tono que no te oigo speak up, I can't hear you

sube un poco la calefacción turn the heating o heat up a little

■ subirse

v pron

A

1 (a un coche, autobús, etc) subir vi A 2.

2 (trepar) to climb

se subió al muro she climbed (up) onto the wall

les encanta subirse a los árboles they love to climb trees

estaban subidos a un árbol they were up a tree

el niño se le subió encima the child climbed on top of him

3 (a la cabeza, cara) (+ me/te/le etc):

el vino enseguida se me subió a la cabeza the wine went straight to my head

el éxito se le ha subido a la cabeza success has gone to his head

noté que se me subían los colores (a la cara) I realized that I was going red o blushing

B ( refl) ‹calcetines/pantalones› to pull up

* * *

subir ( conjugate subir) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [ascensor/persona/coche] ( ir arriba) to go up;

( venir arriba) to come up;
◊ hay que subir a pie you have to walk up;

ahora subo I'll be right up;
el camino sube hasta la cima the path goes up to o leads to the top of the hill
b) subir A algo ‹a autobús/tren/avión› to get on o onto sth;

‹ a coche› to get in o into sth;
‹a caballo/bicicleta› to get on o onto sth, to mount sth (frml);
◊ subir a bordo to go o get on board

c) ( de categoría) to go up;

( en el escalafón) to be promoted
2
a) [ marea] to come in;

[aguas/río] to rise
b) [fiebre/tensión] to go up, rise;

[ temperatura] to rise
3 [precio/valor/cotización/salario] to rise, go up
verbo transitivo
1 ‹ montaña› to climb;
‹escaleras/cuesta› to go up, climb
2
a) ‹objeto/niño› ( traer arriba) to bring up;

( llevar arriba) to take up;
◊ tengo que subir unas cajas al desván I have to put some boxes up in the attic

b) ( poner más alto) ‹ objeto› to put up … (higher);

‹ cuello de prenda› to turn up:
◊ sube al niño al caballo lift the child onto the horse

c) ‹persiana/telón/ventanilla› to raise;

‹ pantalones› to pull up;
◊ ¿me subes la cremallera? will you zip me up?, will you fasten my zipper (AmE) o (BrE) zip?

d) ‹ dobladillo› to take up;

‹ falda› to take o turn up
e) (Inf) to upload

3
a) ‹precios/salarios› to raise, put up

b) ‹volumen/radio/calefacción› to turn up

subirse verbo pronominal
1
a) (a coche, autobús, etc) See Also→ subir verbo intransitivo 1b

b) ( trepar) to climb;

◊ se subió al árbol/al muro she climbed up the tree/(up) onto the wall;

estaba subido a un árbol he was up a tree
c) ( a la cabeza) (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ el éxito se le subió a la cabeza the success went to his head

2 ( refl) ‹calcetines/pantalones› to pull up;
‹ cuello› to turn up
subir
I verbo transitivo
1 (una pendiente, las escaleras) to go up
(hacia el hablante) to come up
(una montaña) to climb
2 (llevar arriba) to take up: voy a subir las cajas, I'm going to take the boxes upstairs
(hacia el hablante) to bring up
3 (elevar) to raise: sube la mano izquierda, lift your left hand
(el sueldo, la temperatura, la voz, etc) to raise: sube (el volumen de) la radio, turn the radio up
II verbo intransitivo
1 (ascender) to go up: ¿por qué no subimos a verla?, why don't we go up to see her?
(acercándose al hablante) to come up ➣ Ver nota en ir 2 (a un avión, tren, autobús) to get on o onto: subimos al tren, we boarded the train
(a un coche) to get into o in
3 (la marea, las aguas) to rise
4 (la temperatura) to rise
5 (los precios, el sueldo, etc) to rise, go up
6 (de categoría) to go up
' subir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abrochar
- ascender
- bordo
- cajón
- cerrar
- cortante
- embarcación
- escena
- estrado
- irse
- trono
- abordar
- alto
- bien
- escalafón
- montar
- volumen
English:
aboard
- ascend
- board
- boarding card
- boarding pass
- climb
- come in
- come up
- curl
- elevate
- escalate
- flight
- get into
- get on
- go up
- hand up
- heave
- hoist
- increase
- jump on
- mount
- move up
- pile in
- push
- raise
- rise
- roll up
- send up
- sharply
- shoot up
- show up
- slope
- spiral up
- stair
- stand
- steeply
- tree
- turn up
- up
- volume
- walk up
- zip up
- air
- come
- do
- flow
- gain
- get
- go
- jump

* * *

subir

♦ vt

1. [poner arriba] [libro, cuadro] to put up;
[telón] to raise; [persiana] to roll up; [ventanilla] to wind up, to close;
he subido la enciclopedia de la primera a la última estantería I've moved the encyclopedia up from the bottom shelf to the top one;

sube el cuadro un poco move the picture up a bit o a bit higher;

¿me ayudas a subir las bolsas? could you help me take the bags up?;

ayúdame a subir la caja [a lo alto] help me get the box up;
[al piso de arriba] help me carry the box upstairs
2. [montar]
subir algo/a alguien a to lift sth/sb onto

3. [alzar] [bandera] to raise;

subir la mano to put one's hand up, to raise one's hand

4. [ascender] [calle, escaleras] to go/come up;
[escalera de mano] to climb; [pendiente, montaña] to go up;
subió las escaleras a toda velocidad she ran up o climbed the stairs as fast as she could;

subió la calle a todo correr he ran up the street as fast as he could

5. [aumentar] [precio, impuestos] to put up, to increase;
[música, volumen, radio] to turn up;
subió la voz o [m5] el tono para que se le oyera she raised her voice so she could be heard;

sube la voz o [m5]el tono, no te oigo speak up, I can't hear you;

subir el fuego de la cocina to turn up the heat;

subir la moral a alguien to lift sb's spirits, to cheer sb up

6. [hacer ascender de categoría] to promote

7. Mús to raise the pitch of

8. Fam Informát to upload

♦ vi

1. [a piso, azotea] to go/come up;

¿podrías subir aquí un momento? could you come up here a minute?;

subo enseguida I'll be up in a minute;

subir corriendo to run up;

subir en ascensor to go/come up in the Br lift o US elevator;

subir por la escalera to go/come up the stairs;

subir (a) por algo to go up and get sth;

subir a la red [en tenis] to come (in) to the net

2. [montar] [en avión, barco] to get on;
[en coche] to get in; [en moto, bicicleta, tren] to get on; [en caballo] to get on, to mount; [en árbol, escalera de mano, silla] to climb up;
subir a [coche] to get in(to);
[moto, bicicleta, tren, avión] to get on; [caballo] to get on, to mount; [árbol, escalera de mano] to climb up; [silla, mesa] to get o climb onto; [piso] to go/come up to;
subir a bordo to go on board;

es peligroso subir al tren en marcha it is dangerous to board the train while it is moving

3. [aumentar] to rise, to go up;
[hinchazón, cauce] to rise; [fiebre] to raise, to go up;
los precios subieron prices went up o rose;

subió la gasolina the price of petrol went up o rose;

el euro subió frente a la libra the euro went up o rose against the pound;

las acciones de C & C han subido C & C share prices have gone up o risen;

han subido las ventas sales are up;

este modelo ha subido de precio this model has gone up in price, the price of this model has gone up;

el coste total no subirá del millón the total cost will not be more than o over a million;

no subirá de tres horas it will take three hours at most, it won't take more than three hours;

está subiendo la marea the tide is coming in;

el jefe ha subido mucho en mi estima the boss has gone up a lot in my estimation

4. [cuenta, importe]
subir a to come o amount to

5. Culin [crecer] to rise

6. Fam [ir, venir] to come/go up;

subiré a la capital la próxima semana I'll be going up to the capital next week;

¿por qué no subes a vernos este fin de semana? why don't you come up to see us this weekend?

7. [ascender de categoría] to be promoted (a to); Dep to be promoted, to go up (a to);
el Atlético subió de categoría Atlético went up

♦ See also the pronominal verb subirse

* * *

subir

I v/t

1 cuesta, escalera go up, climb; montaña climb

2 objeto raise, lift; intereses, precio raise

II v/i

1 para indicar acercamiento come up; para indicar alejamiento go up

2 de precio rise, go up

3 a un tren, autobús get on; a un coche get in

4

:

subir al poder rise to power;

subir al trono ascend to the throne

* * *

subir vt

1) : to bring up, to take up

2) : to climb, to go up

3) : to raise

subir vi

1) : to go up, to come up

2) : to rise, to increase

3) : to be promoted

4)

subir a : to get on, to mount

subir a un tren: to get on a train

♦ See also the reflexive verb subirse

* * *

subir vb

1. (ir arriba) to go up

subí las escaleras I went up the stairs

¡sube! ¡la vista es fantástica! come up! the view is fantastic!

2. (escalar) to climb

subimos la montaña we climbed the mountain

3. (en un coche) to get in

sube al coche get in the car

4. (en un tren, autobús, avión) to get on

subió al tren he got on the train

5. (aumentar) to rise [pt. rose; pp. risen] / to go up

el precio ha subido the price has gone up

6. (llevar arriba) to take up [pt. took; pp. taken] / to put up [pt. & pp. put]

sube estos trastos al desván put these old things up in the loft

7. (incrementar) to put up [pt. & pp. put] / to raise

han subido el precio del pan they've put the price of bread up

8. (hacer más fuerte) to turn up

sube el volumen de la radio turn the radio up

Spanish-English dictionary > subir
8 fare

1. v/t do

vestito, dolce, errore make

biglietto, benzina buy, get

fare ( dello) sport play sport

fare il pieno fill up

fare un bagno have a bath

fare il conto al ristorante prepare the bill

fare il medico/l'insegnante be a doctor/teacher

non fa niente it doesn't matter

fare vedere qualcosa a qualcuno show something to someone

farcela manage

non ce la faccio più I can't take any more

2 più 2 fa 4 2 and 2 make(s) 4

quanto fa? how much is it?

far fare qualcosa a qualcuno get someone to do something

2. v/i: questo non fa per me this isn't for me

faccia pure! go ahead!, carry on!

qui fa bello/brutto the weather here is nice/awful

fa freddo/caldo it's cold/warm

* * *

fare v.tr.

1 ( in senso generale, astratto, morale, intellettuale e nel senso di agire) to do*: che cosa fai?, what are you doing?; avere molto da fare, to have a great deal to do (o to be kept hard at work); non avere nulla da fare, to have nothing to do; non fare nulla, to do nothing; che debbo fare ( di lui)?, what shall I do (with him)?; che fare ora?, what is to be done now?; che si doveva fare?, what was to be done? // che diavolo stai facendo?, what are you up to? (o what on earth are you doing?) // dovrai farne a meno, you'll have to do without (it) // detto fatto, no sooner said than done // ecco fatto!, that's done! // non fa altro che dormire, he does nothing but sleep // nulla da fare, (fam.) nothing doing // fare senza, to do without; fare alla meglio, to do carelessly // fare bene, to do properly (o to do well) // fare del proprio meglio, tutto il possibile, to do one's utmost (o one's best) // fare bene, male a qlcu., to do s.o. good, harm: questa medicina ti farà bene, this medicine will do you good; il vino mi fa male, wine doesn't agree with me; fare il giro dei locali notturni, to do the night-clubs // chi fa da sé fa per tre, (prov.) if you want a thing done well do it yourself // non fare agli altri quello che non vorresti fosse fatto a te, (prov.) do as you would be done by

2 ( prevalentemente nel senso di creare, produrre, fabbricare; realizzare) to make*: farei una camicetta con questa seta, I'd make a blouse out of this silk; fare un abito, una torta, to make a dress, a cake; fare il caffè, il tè, to make coffee, tea; il fornaio fa il pane, the baker makes bread; il vino si fa con l'uva, wine is made from grapes; è il parlamento che fa le leggi, laws are made by Parliament; ti farò una lista dei libri che mi occorrono, I'll make a list of the books I need; non far rumore, don't make a noise; fare i letti, to make the beds // fare amicizia, to make friends: farsi degli amici, dei nemici, to make friends, enemies; farsi un nemico di qlcu., to make an enemy of s.o. // fare un errore, to make a mistake // fare mistero di qlco., to make a mystery of sthg. // fare posto a qlcu., to make room for s.o. // fare il totale, to make up the total // 3 più 3 fa 6, 3 and 3 make 6 (o 3 and 3 are 6); 2 per 2 fa 4, twice 2 is 4

3 ( essere) ( come professione), to be: fare l'insegnante, il medico, la spia, to be a teacher, a doctor, a spy // fare parte del personale, to be a member of the staff

4 ( avere, possedere) to have: il villaggio fa duecento abitanti, the village has two hundred inhabitants

5 ( rifornirsi) to take* on: la nave fece acqua e carbone, the ship took on water and coal // (aut.) fare il pieno, to fill up

6 ( dire) to say*: 'Quando partite?', fece egli, 'When are you leaving?', he said // non fare motto, to utter not a word

7 ( eleggere, nominare) to make*, to elect, to appoint: lo fecero re, they made him king (o he was appointed king)

8 ( reputare) to repute; to think*: non lo facevo così sciocco, I did not think he was so silly

9 ( scrivere) to write*; ( dipingere) to paint: ha fatto un bel ritratto a mia sorella, he painted a beautiful portrait of my sister

10 ( indicare, segnare) to make*; to be: che ore fai?, what time do you make it?; che ora fa il tuo orologio?, what time is it by your watch?; questo orologio fa le cinque, it is five o' clock by this watch

11 (teatr.) ( rappresentare) to perform: questa settimana all'Odeon fanno l''Amleto', 'Hamlet' is being performed at the Odeon (o 'Hamlet' is on at the Odeon) this week

12 ( far la parte di) to act (as); (teatr.) to play (as); ( fingere) to feign: mi fa da governante, she acts as my housekeeper; quell'attore nell''Otello' farà la parte di Jago, that actor is going to play Iago in 'Othello'; fare l'ignorante, to feign ignorance; fare il morto, (fig.) to feign death

13 ( praticare) to go* in for; ( giocare) to play: fare della bicicletta, dello sport, dell'automobilismo, della politica, to go in for cycling, sport, motoring, politics; fare del tennis, to play tennis; fare del nuoto, to swim // fare del teatro, del cinema, to be an actor, a cinema-actor // fare un po' di musica, to play some music

14 ( pulire) to clean: fare una stanza, to clean a room (o fam. to do a room); fare i piatti, to wash up

15 ( generare) to bear*; to have: quella cagna il mese scorso ha fatto tre cuccioli, that bitch had three puppies last month

16 ( trasformare) to turn into: puoi farci un grembiule, you can turn it into an apron

17 ( percorrere) to go*: fare dieci chilometri a piedi, a cavallo, to walk, to ride ten kilometres; fare sessanta chilometri all'ora, to drive at sixty kilometres an hour; fare quattro passi per un sentiero, to go for (o to take) a stroll along a path; abbiamo fatto 3000 km in due giorni, we covered (o did) 3000 km in two days

18 ( passare, trascorrere) to spend*: dove hai fatto le vacanze?, where did you spend your holidays?; fece dieci anni di prigione, he did ten years in prison

19 ( in sostituzione del verbo usato nella proposizione reggente) to do*: spese il suo denaro meglio di quel che avrei fatto io, he spent his money better than I would have done; lui se ne è andato e così ho fatto io, he went away and so did I

20 ( con valore causativo seguito da infinito) to have, to get*; ( causare) to cause; to make*; ( lasciare, permettere) to let*: fa' venire l'idraulico, get the plumber to come; devo far aggiustare l'auto, I must have the car repaired; fallo smettere!, make him stop!; fatti (fare) un nuovo abito!, have a new suit made!; il tuo ritardo mi fece perdere il treno, your being late caused me to miss the train; far fare qlco., to have (o to get) sthg. done; fare partire una macchina, to start a machine; fare aspettare qlcu., to keep s.o. waiting; fare sapere a qlcu., to let s.o. know (o to inform s.o.); fare uscire, entrare, to let s.o. out, in; fare vedere qlco. a qlcu., to let s.o. see sthg. (o to show s.o. sthg.) // fare chiamare qlcu., to send for s.o. // fare notare a qlcu., to point out to s.o. // fare osservare qlco. a qlcu., to call s.o.'s attention to sthg. // far pagare, to charge: far pagare troppo, poco, to overcharge, to undercharge // far salire i prezzi, to raise prices.

◆ v. intr.

1 impers. ( di condizioni atmosferiche): che tempo fa?, what is the weather like?; fa brutto tempo, bel tempo, it is bad weather, fine weather; fa caldo, caldissimo, molto freddo, it is warm, hot, very cold

2 ( essere adatto) to suit: questa casa non fa per me, this house doesn't suit me

3 ( seguito da consecutive): fare in modo di, to try to (do); fate che non vi veda, don't let him see you; fate in modo di non farvi vedere, take care not to be seen // fare sì che, fare in modo che, to arrange, to make sure, to get, to make*: fece sì che tutti fossero d'accordo con lui, he got everyone to agree with him; hanno fatto in modo che tutti fossero soddisfatti, they made sure everybody was happy; fecero sì che io lo incontrassi, they arranged (o made arrangements) for me to meet him

4 ( stare per) to be about: fece per entrare quando..., he was about to enter, when...

5 fare in tempo a, to manage to (do): ce la fece appena a prendere il treno, he just managed (o he was just in time) to catch his train.

◘ farsi v.rifl. o intr.pron.

1 ( diventare) to become*; ( gradualmente) to grow*: si è fatto un bel giovane, he has become a handsome young man; si sono fatti più gentili, they have become more amiable; ti sei fatto molto alto, you have grown (o become) very tall; fare cattolico, to turn Catholic (o to become a Roman Catholic) // fare bello, ( vantarsi) to boast

2 ( moto) to come*; to get*: su, fatevi in là!, get out of my way, please!; fare avanti, to go forward, (fig.) to thrust oneself forward

3 ( seguito da infinito) to make* oneself; to get*: fare amare, capire, odiare, to make oneself loved, understood, hated; fatti aiutare da qualcuno, get someone to help you; fare notare, to attract attention, ( di proposito) to make oneself conspicuous

4 impers. ( di tempo e di condizioni atmosferiche) to get*; to grow*: si fa buio, it is getting dark; si fa tardi, it is growing late

5 (sl.) ( drogarsi) to shoot* up; to take* drugs.

fare s.m.

1 doing, making // dal dire al fare c'è di mezzo il mare, there's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip

2 ( modi, maniere) manner; way; ( comportamento) behaviour: il suo fare modesto, his modest manner; ha un brutto ( modo di) fare, he has an unpleasant manner; ha un fare molto simpatico, he has winning ways (o he has a pleasant manner); non mi piace il suo fare, I don't like his manners

3 ( inizio) sul fare del giorno, at daybreak (o dawn); sul fare della notte, at nightfall.

* * *

1. ['fare]
vb irreg vt
1) (fabbricare: gen) to make, (casa) to build, (quadro) to paint, (disegno) to draw, (pasto) to cook, (pane, dolci) to bake, (assegno) to make out

fanno la stessa classe — they are in the same year

fare un corso — (tenere) to give a series of lessons, teach a course, (seguire) to do a course

che cosa ne hai fatto di quei pantaloni? — what have you done with those trousers?

fare un errore — to make a mistake

ha fatto la mia felicità — he made me so happy

fare una festa — to have o hold a party

ha fatto un figlio — she's had a baby

quest'albero non fa frutti — this tree doesn't bear fruit

hai fatto il letto? — have you made the bed?

lo hanno fatto presidente — they made him president

fare una promessa — to make a promise

hai fatto la stanza? — have you cleaned the room?

2) (attività: gen) to do, (vacanza, sogno) to have

a scuola facciamo chimica — at school we do chemistry

fare i compiti — to do one's homework

cosa fai? — (adesso) what are you doing?, (nella vita) what do you do?, what is your job?

non posso farci nulla — I can't do anything about it

fare la spesa — to do the shopping

fare del tennis — to play tennis

3) (funzione) to be, Teatro to play, be, act

fare l' avvocato — to be a lawyer

fare finta di essere stanco — to pretend to be tired

fare l' innocente — to act the innocent

fare il malato — to pretend to be ill

fare il medico — to be a doctor

fare il morto — (in acqua) to float

nel film fa il padre — in the film he plays the father

4) (percorrere) to do

fare i 100 metri — (competere) to go in for o run in the 100 metres

fa i 100 metri in 10,5 — he does the 100 metres in 10.5

abbiamo fatto 5 chilometri — we've done 5 kilometres

fare una passeggiata — to go for o take a walk

fare un viaggio — to go on a trip, make a journey

5)

(suscitare: sentimenti) fa niente — it doesn't matter

mi fa orrore — it horrifies me

fare paura a — to frighten

mi fa rabbia — it makes me angry

6)

(considerare) ti facevo più intelligente — I thought you had more sense

ti facevo al mare — I thought you were at the seaside

lo facevo più vecchio — I thought he was older

7)

(ammontare) due più due fa quattro — two plus two make(s) o equal(s) four

la città non fa più di 2 milioni di abitanti — the city hasn't more than 2 million inhabitants

che differenza fa? — what difference does it make?

fa 50 euro, signora — that'll be 50 euros, madam

glielo faccio 100 euro — I'll give it to you o I'll let you have it for 100 euros

che ora fa il tuo orologio? — what time is it by your watch?

8)

(+ infinito) le faremo avere la merce — we'll get the goods to you

l'hanno fatto entrare in macchina — (costringere) they forced him into the car, they made him get into the car, (lasciare) they let him get into the car

lo farò fare a lei — I'll get her to do it, I'll have her do it

farsi fregare — to be taken for a ride

far piangere qn — to make sb cry

far riparare la macchina — to have one's car repaired

far scongelare — to defrost, thaw out

far soffrire qn — to make sb suffer

mi son fatto tagliare i capelli — I've had my hair cut

fammi vedere — let me see

fare venire qn — to send for sb

9)

farsi; farsi la barba — to have a shave

farsi la barca — to get a boat

farsi una gonna — to make o.s. a skirt

farsi la macchina — to get a car

si fa da mangiare da solo — he does his own cooking

si è fatto mia moglie fam — he's had it off with my wife

farsi un nome — to make a name for o.s.

10)

(fraseologia) farla a qn — to get the better of sb

me l'hanno fatta! — (imbrogliare) I've been done!, (derubare) I've been robbed!, (lasciare nei guai) I've been lumbered!

farcela — to succeed, manage

ne ha fatta una delle sue — he's done it again

non ce la faccio più — (a camminare) I can't go on, (a sopportare) I can't take any more

ce la facciamo? — do you think we'll make it?

farla finita con qc — to have done with sth

fare del proprio meglio — to do one's best

non c'è niente da fare — it's no use

ormai è stato deciso e non c'è niente da fare — it's been decided and there's nothing we can do about it

ha fatto di sì con la testa — he nodded

2. vi (aus avere)

1) (agire) to do

fare presto — to be quick

faccia pure! — go ahead!

saperci fare con — (situazioni, persone) to know how to deal with

ci sa fare coi bambini/con le macchine — he's good with children/cars

ci sa fare con le donne — he's a smooth operator with women

ci sa fare — he's quite good

fate come volete — do as you please

2)

(dire) "davvero?" fece — "really?" he said

3)

questo non si fa — it's not done, you (just) can't do that

si fa così! — you do it like this, this is the way it's done

non si fa così — (rimprovero) that's no way to behave!

questa festa non si farà! — this party won't take place!

4)

(fraseologia) fa proprio al caso nostro — it's just what we need

avere a che fare con qn — to have sth to do with sb

non so che farmene di lui — I don't know what to do with him

fare da — (funzioni) to act as

fare da padre a qn — to be like a father to sb

la cucina fa anche da sala da pranzo — the kitchen also serves as o is also used as a dining room

fai in modo che non ti vedano — make sure they don't see you

fare per — (essere adatto) to be suitable for, (essere sul punto di) to be about to

fece per uscire e poi si fermò — he made as if to go out and then stopped

non fa per me — it isn't (suitable) for me

fare a pugni — to come to blows, fig to clash

fare in tempo a... — to be in time to...

il grigio fa vecchio — grey makes you o one look older

3. vb impers

fa caldo — it's hot

fa freddo — it's cold

fa notte — it's getting dark

4. vr (farsi)

1)

(rendersi) farsi amico di qn — to make friends with sb

è andata a farsi bella — she's gone to make herself beautiful

farsi notare — to get o.s. noticed

farsi prete — to become a priest

2)

(spostarsi) farsi avanti — to move forward, fig to come forward

fatti più in là! — move along a bit!

3) (gergo: drogarsi) to do drugs

5. vip (farsi)

(divenire) to become

farsi bello — to grow beautiful

farsi grande — to grow tall

si fa notte — it's getting dark

farsi vecchio — to grow old

6. sm

con fare distratto — absent-mindedly

ha un fare simpatico — he has a pleasant manner

sul far del giorno/della notte — at daybreak/nightfall

* * *
I 1. ['fare]
verbo transitivo

1) (in senso generico e astratto) to do*

non avere niente da fare — to have nothing to do

che cosa posso fare per te? — what can I do for you?

che cosa dobbiamo fare con te! — what are we to do with you!

2) (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]

fare del pollo — to cook some chicken

che cosa faccio per pranzo? — what shall I cook for lunch?

3) (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]

4) (dare come risultato)

tre più due fa cinque — three and two make five

quanto fa 3 per 3? — what's 3 times 3?

9 meno 7 fa 2 — 9 minus 7 leaves 2

5) (redigere, scrivere) to do* [traduzione, tesi]; (emanare) to make* [ legge]

6) (come professione, mestiere)

che lavoro fai? — what's your job?

cosa fai (di mestiere)? — what do you do (for a living)?

fare il medico, l'insegnante — to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]

7) (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]

fare (la) prima — to be in the first year

8) (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]

fare tre mesi di prigione — to do three months in prison

hai fatto buon viaggio? — did you have a pleasant journey?

9) (rifornirsi di)

fare benzina — to get some petrol

fare legna — to gather wood

10) (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]

fare l'autostrada — to take the motorway

11) (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]

12) (provocare, causare)

fare del bene, del male a qcn. — to do sb. good, harm

la pastiglia non mi ha fatto niente — the tablet didn't do anything

non ti farò niente — I won't do anything to you

Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente — may God protect him!

13) (far diventare) to make*

fare felice qcn. — to make sb. happy

fare qcn. presidente — to make sb. president

14) (considerare)

ti facevo più intelligente — I thought you were cleverer

15) (fingersi)

fare il malato, il coraggioso — to pretend to be ill, brave

16) (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]

17) (seguito da infinito) (con valore causativo)

fare piangere qcn. — to make sb. cry

fare perdere qcs. a qcn. — to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare)

fare andare qcn. — to let sb. go; (convincere)

gli ho fatto prendere un appuntamento — I got him to make an appointment

18) (riferito all'ora)

che ora fai? — what time do you make it o have you got?

faccio le due — I make it two o'clock

che ora fa l'orologio? — what time does the clock say?

19) (costare)

quanto fa? — how much is it?

fa o fanno 5 euro — it's 5 euros

20) (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]

21) (dire)

"certo" fece lei — "of course" she said

poi fa "e i miei soldi?" — colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"

il gatto fa "miao" — the cat goes "miaow"
2.
verbo intransitivo (aus. avere)

1) (agire, procedere) to do*

non ho potuto fare altrimenti — I couldn't do otherwise

fai come vuoi — do as you like

facciamo alle sei — let's make it six o'clock

2) (essere adatto)

questo è il posto che fa per me — this is the place for me

vivere a Londra non fa per me — living in London is not for me

3) fare per (essere in procinto di)

fare per andarsene — to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di)

fece per baciarlo — she made as if to kiss him

4) fare da (fungere da) [ persona] to act as; (servire da) [ cosa] to function o act o serve as

5) (essere espresso in una certa forma)

come fa la canzone? — how does the song go?

6) (riuscire)

come fai a leggere quella robaccia? — how can you read that junk?

"come si fa?" - "così" — "how do I do it?" - "like this"

come faccio a saperlo? — how should I know?

7) farcela

ce l'ho fatta! — I made it!

ce la fai a finirlo? — can you manage to finish it?

non ce la faccio più! — I've had it! I can't take any more!
3.
verbo impersonale

1) (riferito a tempo atmosferico o condizioni di luce)

fa freddo — it's cold

fa buio — it's getting o growing dark

2) (riferito a durata)

oggi fanno sei anni che è partito — it's six years today since he left
4.
verbo pronominale farsi

1) (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]

- rsi da mangiare — to do one's own cooking

2) (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]

3) (procurar si)

-rsi degli amici, dei nemici — to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]

4) pop. (possedere sessualmente) to have*, to make* (out with) [ persona]

5) gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs

6) (diventare)

-rsi suora, cristiano — to become a nun, a Christian

si è fatta bella — she's grown up a beauty

il cielo si fece grigio — the sky went o turned grey

si fa tardi — it's getting late

7) (per indicare movimento)

-rsi avanti, indietro — to come forward, to stand back

- rsi in là — to budge over o up

8) (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]

9) (seguito da infinito)

- rsi sentire — to make oneself heard

- rsi tagliare i capelli — to have o get one's hair cut

- rsi operare — to have surgery

10) (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]

11) (procurarsi)

- rsi un bernoccolo — to get a bump

- rsi un livido su un braccio — to bruise one's arm

12) (reciprocamente)

-rsi carezze, dispetti — to caress each other, to play tricks on each other

13) farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)

••

avere a che fare — to have to do ( con with)

non avere niente a che fare — to have nothing to do ( con with)

avere da fare — to be busy, to have things to do

(non) fa niente! — it doesn't matter, never mind!

a me non la si fa! — = I wasn't born yesterday!

farsela addosso — (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it

farsela sotto — (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it

che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... — I have no need for
II ['fare]
sostantivo maschile

1) (comportamento) manner, behaviour BE, behavior AE

avere un fare gentile — to have a kind manner

2) (inizio)

sul fare del giorno, della notte — at daybreak, nightfall

* * *

fare¹

/'fare/ [8]

I verbo transitivo

1 (in senso generico e astratto) to do*; non avere niente da fare to have nothing to do; che cosa posso fare per te? what can I do for you? che cosa dobbiamo fare con te! what are we to do with you!

2 (preparare, fabbricare, creare) to make* [torta, tè, vino, vestito, mobile, pezzi di ricambio, film]; fare del pollo to cook some chicken; che cosa faccio per pranzo? what shall I cook for lunch?

3 (produrre, provocare) to make* [macchia, buco, rumore]

4 (dare come risultato) tre più due fa cinque three and two make five; quanto fa 3 per 3? what's 3 times 3? 9 meno 7 fa 2 9 minus 7 leaves 2

5 (redigere, scrivere) to do* [traduzione, tesi]; (emanare) to make* [ legge]

6 (come professione, mestiere) che lavoro fai? what's your job? cosa fai (di mestiere)? what do you do (for a living)? fare il medico, l'insegnante to be a doctor, a teacher; (come sport, hobby) to do* [aerobica, giardinaggio]

7 (a scuola) to do*, to study [materia, facoltà, testo, autore]; to do* [ corso]; fare (la) prima to be in the first year

8 (trascorrere) to spend* [ vacanze]; fare tre mesi di prigione to do three months in prison; hai fatto buon viaggio? did you have a pleasant journey?

9 (rifornirsi di) fare benzina to get some petrol; fare legna to gather wood

10 (percorrere) to do* [tragitto, chilometri]; fare l'autostrada to take the motorway

11 (avere) to have* [infarto, orecchioni, otite]

12 (provocare, causare) fare del bene, del male a qcn. to do sb. good, harm; la pastiglia non mi ha fatto niente the tablet didn't do anything; non ti farò niente I won't do anything to you; Signore, fa' che non gli succeda niente may God protect him!

13 (far diventare) to make*; fare felice qcn. to make sb. happy; fare qcn. presidente to make sb. president

14 (considerare) ti facevo più intelligente I thought you were cleverer

15 (fingersi) fare il malato, il coraggioso to pretend to be ill, brave

16 (interpretare) [ attore] to play [parte, ruolo]

17 (seguito da infinito) (con valore causativo) fare piangere qcn. to make sb. cry; fare perdere qcs. a qcn. to make sb. lose sth.; (permettere, lasciare) fare andare qcn. to let sb. go; (convincere) gli ho fatto prendere un appuntamento I got him to make an appointment

18 (riferito all'ora) che ora fai? what time do you make it o have you got? faccio le due I make it two o'clock; che ora fa l'orologio? what time does the clock say?

19 (costare) quanto fa? how much is it? fa o fanno 5 euro it's 5 euros

20 (partorire) [donna, animale] to have* [bambino, cuccioli]

21 (dire) "certo" fece lei "of course" she said; poi fa "e i miei soldi?" colloq. so he goes "what about my money?"; il gatto fa "miao" the cat goes "miaow"

II verbo intransitivo

(aus. avere)

1 (agire, procedere) to do*; non ho potuto fare altrimenti I couldn't do otherwise; fai come vuoi do as you like; facciamo alle sei let's make it six o'clock

2 (essere adatto) questo è il posto che fa per me this is the place for me; vivere a Londra non fa per me living in London is not for me

3 fare per (essere in procinto di) fare per andarsene to be about to leave; (fare l'atto di) fece per baciarlo she made as if to kiss him

4 fare da (fungere da) [ persona] to act as; (servire da) [ cosa] to function o act o serve as

5 (essere espresso in una certa forma) come fa la canzone? how does the song go?

6 (riuscire) come fai a leggere quella robaccia? how can you read that junk? "come si fa?" - "così" "how do I do it?" - "like this"; come faccio a saperlo? how should I know?

7 farcela ce l'ho fatta! I made it! ce la fai a finirlo? can you manage to finish it? non ce la faccio più! I've had it! I can't take any more!

III verbo impersonale

1 (riferito a tempo atmosferico o condizioni di luce) fa freddo it's cold; fa buio it's getting o growing dark

2 (riferito a durata) oggi fanno sei anni che è partito it's six years today since he left

IV farsi verbo pronominale

1 (preparare, fabbricare, creare per sé) to make* oneself [caffè, vestito]; - rsi da mangiare to do one's own cooking

2 (concedersi) to have* [birra, pizza, chiacchierata]

3 (procurar si) -rsi degli amici, dei nemici to make friends, enemies; colloq. (comprarsi) to get* oneself [macchina, moto]

4 pop. (possedere sessualmente) to have*, to make* (out with) [ persona]

5 gerg. (drogarsi) to get* stoned (di on), to do* drugs

6 (diventare) -rsi suora, cristiano to become a nun, a Christian; si è fatta bella she's grown up a beauty; il cielo si fece grigio the sky went o turned grey; si fa tardi it's getting late

7 (per indicare movimento) -rsi avanti, indietro to come forward, to stand back; - rsi in là to budge over o up

8 (formarsi) to form [idea, immagine]

9 (seguito da infinito) - rsi sentire to make oneself heard; - rsi tagliare i capelli to have o get one's hair cut; - rsi operare to have surgery

10 (sottoporsi a) to have* [lifting, permanente]

11 (procurarsi) - rsi un bernoccolo to get a bump; - rsi un livido su un braccio to bruise one's arm

12 (reciprocamente) -rsi carezze, dispetti to caress each other, to play tricks on each other

13 farsela (intendersela) to jack around AE ( con with); (in una relazione amorosa) to run* around ( con with)

IDIOMS

avere a che fare to have to do ( con with); non avere niente a che fare to have nothing to do ( con with); avere da fare to be busy, to have things to do; (non) fa niente! it doesn't matter, never mind! a me non la si fa! = I wasn't born yesterday! farsela addosso (urinare) to wet oneself; (defecare) to shit oneself pop.; (dalla paura) to be scared shitless pop., to shit bricks pop., to brick it; farsela sotto (dalla paura) to be scared shitless, to shit bricks, to brick it; che cosa vuoi che ci faccia? che cosa ci posso fare io? what do you want me to do about it? non ci si può fare nulla it can't be helped; non ci posso fare niente se... I can't help it if...; non so che farmene di... I have no need for...

\

See also notes... (fare.pdf)

————————

fare²

/'fare/

sostantivo m.

1 (comportamento) manner, behaviour BE, behavior AE; avere un fare gentile to have a kind manner

2 (inizio) sul fare del giorno, della notte at daybreak, nightfall.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > fare
9 hacia

prep.

1 toward.

hacia aquí/allí this/that way

hacia abajo downwards

hacia arriba upward

hacia adelante forward

hacia atrás backward

hacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right

2 around, about (time).

hacia las diez around o about ten o'clock

empezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixty

hacia finales de año toward the end of the year

Hacia la medianoche.. Around midnight....

3 toward (sentimiento).

siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile toward the reforms

4 toward (tendencia).

un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step toward civil war

* * *

hacia

► preposición

1 (dirección) towards, to

■ hacia la inmortalidad towards immortality

2 (tiempo) at about, at around

■ estaremos ahí hacia las dos we'll be there at about two

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

hacia abajo downward(s), down

■ empújalo hacia abajo push it downwards

hacia acá this way

hacia adelante forward(s)

■ inclínate hacia delante lean forward

hacia allá that way

hacia atrás backward(s), back

hacia casa home, homeward, towards home

* * *

prep.

1) towards, toward

2) near, about

•

- hacia abajo
- hacia adelante
- hacia arriba

- hacia atrás

- hacia dentro

* * *

PREP

1) [indicando dirección] towards, in the direction of

ir hacia las montañas — to go towards the mountains

eso está más hacia el este — that's further (over) to the east, that's more in an easterly direction

vamos hacia allá — let's go in that direction, let's go over that way

¿hacia dónde vamos? — where are we going?

hacia abajo — down, downwards

hacia adelante — forwards

hacia arriba — up, upwards

hacia atrás — backwards

2) [con expresiones temporales] about, near

hacia las cinco — about five, around five

hacia mediodía — about noon, around noon

3) (=ante) towards

su hostilidad hacia la empresa — his hostility towards the firm

* * *

preposición

a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards

[el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]

hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south

hacia adentro — inward(s)

el centro queda hacia allá — the center is (over) that way

¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?

empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)

b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)

[ ver nota en la sección a]

llegaremos hacia las dos — we'll arrive towards o at around two

c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)

su actitud hacia mí — his attitude toward(s) o to me

* * *

= in the direction of, into, toward(s).

Ex. Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.

Ex. And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.

Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

----

* dar un paso hacia delante = step up.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.

* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.

* desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.

* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.

* desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.

* directamente hacia el este = due east.

* directamente hacia el norte = due north.

* directamente hacia el oeste = due west.

* directamente hacia el sur = due south.

* enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.

* enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.

* hacia abajo = downward.

* hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.

* hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.

* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.

* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.

* hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).

* hacia dentro = inward.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.

* hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.

* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* hacia el frente = ahead.

* hacia el futuro = onward(s).

* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.

* hacia el norte = northbound.

* hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.

* hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.

* hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.

* hacia fuera = outwards.

* hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.

* hacia la proa = abaft.

* hacia proa = abaft.

* hacia un lado(s) = sideways.

* inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.

* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.

* moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.

* tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.

* tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.

* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.

* viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.

* * *

preposición

a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards

[el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]

hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south

hacia adentro — inward(s)

el centro queda hacia allá — the center is (over) that way

¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?

empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)

b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)

[ ver nota en la sección a]

llegaremos hacia las dos — we'll arrive towards o at around two

c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)

su actitud hacia mí — his attitude toward(s) o to me

* * *

= in the direction of, into, toward(s).

Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.

Ex: And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.

Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.

* dar un paso hacia delante = step up.

* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.

* de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.

* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.

* desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.

* desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.

* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.

* desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.

* directamente hacia el este = due east.

* directamente hacia el norte = due north.

* directamente hacia el oeste = due west.

* directamente hacia el sur = due south.

* enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.

* enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.

* hacia abajo = downward.

* hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.

* hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.

* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.

* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.

* hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).

* hacia dentro = inward.

* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.

* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.

* hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.

* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.

* hacia el frente = ahead.

* hacia el futuro = onward(s).

* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.

* hacia el norte = northbound.

* hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.

* hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.

* hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.

* hacia fuera = outwards.

* hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.

* hacia la proa = abaft.

* hacia proa = abaft.

* hacia un lado(s) = sideways.

* inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.

* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.

* moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.

* tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.

* tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.

* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.

* viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.

* * *

hacia

prep

1

(indicando dirección) toward, towards [ el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma

toward

(y otras formas adverbiales tales como

southward

,

upward

mientras que el inglés británico prefiere las formas

towards

etc] se dirigían hacia el sur they were heading south o southward(s) o toward(s) the south

la puerta se abre hacia adentro the door opens inward(s)

el país avanza hacia la democracia the country is moving toward(s) democracy

la fuga de capitales hacia el exterior the flight of capital abroad

el centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way

¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?

un movimiento hacia arriba/atrás an upward/backward movement

empujar hacia arriba/atrás to push upward(s)/backward(s)

2

(indicando aproximación) toward(s) [ ver nota en la sección a] hacia finales de siglo/el final del primer acto toward(s) the end of the century/of the first act

hacia el límite con el Brasil toward(s) the Brazilian border

llegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive (at) about two

esto sucedió hacia las nueve de la mañana this occurred at approximately o toward(s) nine in the morning

3 (con respecto a) toward(s)

su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me

* * *

Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

hacía es:

1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto indicativo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto indicativo

Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacia
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
◊ me hizo un lugar en la mesa he made room for me at the table;

hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;

◊ los chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find jokes funny;

estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
◊ me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit;

aún queda mucho por hacia there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacia to make a lot of work
b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
◊ nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections

4
a) ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):

◊ hacia caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

hacia pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacia sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
b) ( refiriéndose a sonidos onomatopéyicos) to go;

◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;
◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

tengo que hacia la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

1
a) ( ocuparse en actividad) to do;

◊ hacia la(s) compra(s) to do the shopping;

¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacia ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?

c) ( estudiar) to do

2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

¡qué le vamos a hacia! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
haciala buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
◊ ella lo hizo posible she made it possible;

hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacia algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacia de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2
a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)

◊ hacia a algn hacer algo to make sb do sth;

me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacia que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
b)

◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):
◊ déjame hacia a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
◊ hice como que no oía I pretended not to hear;

haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):
◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacia de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
◊ tanto sol hace mal (AmL) too much sun is not good for you;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ el descanso le hizo bien the rest did him good;

la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacia v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
◊ hace dos años que murió he's been dead for two years;

hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ se me hizo un nudo en el hilo I got a knot in the thread;

se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;

◊ se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house

b) ( caus) ( hacer que otro haga):

◊ se hicieron una casita they had a little house built;

se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):
◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
◊ haciase un nombre to make a name for oneself

1
a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;

◊ se hicieron amigos they became friends;

se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
b) ( resultar):

◊ se hace muy pesado it gets very boring;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ se me hizo interminable it seemed interminable;

se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
c) ( impers):

◊ se hace de noche muy pronto it gets dark very early;

se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

2 ( acostumbrarse) haciase a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
◊ no te hagas el inocente don't act the innocent;

¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
haciase pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
◊ haciase a un lado to move to one side

5
◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;

( de amigos) to make
hacia preposición
a) ( dirección) toward (esp AmE), towards (esp BrE):

◊ hacia el sur southward(s), toward(s) the south;

hacia adelante forward(s);
hacia adentro/arriba inward(s)/upward(s);
el centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way;
¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?
b) ( aproximación) toward(s);

◊ llegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive toward(s) o at around two

c) ( con respecto a) toward(s);

◊ su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me

hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hacia preposición
1 (en dirección a) towards, to
hacia abajo, down, downwards
hacia adelante, forwards
hacia arriba, up, upwards
hacia atrás, back, backwards
2 (en torno a) at about, at around: estaré allí hacia las cinco, I'll be there at about five o'clock
' hacia' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abajo
- abalanzarse
- aire
- añales
- animadversión
- arriba
- atrás
- calor
- contingente
- correrse
- delante
- derivar
- descender
- desprecio
- dirigir
- dirigirse
- empañar
- empujar
- encaminarse
- enfilar
- fogosidad
- frente
- fuera
- hacer
- infundio
- invencible
- llevar
- malsana
- malsano
- monetaria
- monetario
- orientar
- orientarse
- proyectar
- que
- recta
- recto
- retroceder
- saber
- siglo
- sobre
- subir
- sur
- tambalearse
- tirar
- volver
- volverse
- abatible
- adelante
- boca
English:
ahead
- aim
- antagonism
- antipathy
- ashore
- at
- back
- backward
- backwards
- beat down
- beeline
- bent
- bias
- boost
- care for
- come forward
- cool
- crowd
- cruelty
- curve
- deflect
- disdain
- dislike
- dispose
- disregard
- doubtless
- down
- downstairs
- downward
- downwards
- due
- East
- eastward
- eastwards
- extend
- face
- facing
- fast forward
- flash
- flippant
- floodlight
- for
- forward
- glance down
- go
- guise
- head
- home in
- ill-disposed
- incline

* * *

hacia prep

1. [dirección] towards;

hacia aquí/allí this/that way;

hacia abajo downwards;

hacia arriba upwards;

hacia adelante forwards;

hacia atrás backwards;

hacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right;

viajar hacia el norte to travel north;

hacia el norte del país towards the north of the country;

miró hacia el otro lado she looked the other way;

muévete hacia un lado move to one side

2. [tiempo] around, about;

hacia las diez around o about ten o'clock;

empezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixty;

hacia finales de año towards the end of the year

3. [sentimiento] towards;

siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile towards the reforms;

su actitud hacia el trabajo es muy seria she has a very serious attitude towards her work, she takes her work very seriously

4. [tendencia] towards;

este año se marcha hacia una cosecha excepcional we are heading for a bumper crop this year;

un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step towards civil war

* * *

hacia

prp

1 en el espacio toward;

hacia adelante forward;

hacia abajo down;

hacia arriba up;

hacia atrás back(ward);

hacia aquí in this direction, this way

2 en el tiempo

:

hacia las cuatro about four (o’clock)

* * *

hacia prep

1) : toward, towards

hacia abajo: downward

hacia adelante: forward

2) : near, around, about

hacia las seis: about six o'clock

* * *

hacia prep

1. (dirección) towards

ven hacia mí come towards me

vamos hacia casa we're going home

2. (tiempo) at about

llegaré hacia las ocho I'll be there at about eight

hacia abajo down

hacia adelante forwards

hacia arriba up

hacia atrás backwards

Spanish-English dictionary > hacia
10 stark

I Adj.

1. allg. strong (auch Ähnlichkeit, Argument, Band, Brille, Eindruck, Gefühl, Geruch, Geschmack, Getränk, Gift, Glaube, Licht, Nerven, Parfüm, Verdacht, Vorurteil, Wille etc.); Gegner, Kandidat, Motor, Organisation, Stellung: auch powerful; (kräftig) Mensch: strong; Sache: auch robust, sturdy; (mächtig) powerful; das starke Geschlecht umg. the stronger sex; starkes Mittel MED. strong ( oder potent) medication; starke Seite fig. strong point, strength, forte; sich stark machen für stand up for; den starken Mann markieren, den starken Maxe spielen umg. try to act tough; Politik der starken Hand heavy-handed policy, strongarm tactics Pl.; starke Truppenverbände strong ( oder large) troop units; eine 200 Mann starke Kompanie a company of 200 men, a 200 strong company; sie waren 200 Mann stark they were 200 men strong; etwas Starkes trinken umg. drink some hard stuff

2. (beleibt) stout; (dick) Wand etc.: thick; er ist stärker geworden he’s put on weight; für die stärkere Frau oder Figur euph. for the fuller figure; das Buch ist 600 Seiten stark the book is 600 pages long; 5 mm starker Karton cardboard 5 mm thick; das Seil ist 4 cm stark the rope is 4 cm thick

3. (intensiv) intense; (heftig) violent; Erkältung, Raucher, Regen, Trinker, Verkehr etc.: heavy; Frost, Schmerzen, Anfall etc.: severe; einen starken Haarwuchs haben (dichtes Haar) have thick hair; (schnell wachsend) have a luxuriant growth of hair; starker Beifall loud applause; starke Nachfrage great ( oder heavy) demand; starker Esser big ( oder hearty) eater; starkes Fieber a high temperature; starke Schmerzen severe ( oder intense) pain; die Schmerzen sind stark auch the pain is very bad; starke Schmerzen haben be in severe pain; starke Übertreibung gross exaggeration; ein Film der starken Gefühle a film of intense emotions, an intensely emotional film

4. umg., iro. (schlimm) bad; das ist ( wirklich) stark! oder das ist ein starkes Stück! that’s pretty rich, that’s a bit thick; da hast du dir aber ein starkes Stück geleistet! you’ve really gone and done it (this time)!

5. (gut) good; umg. (großartig) great; ein starker Film auch a brilliant film; Roths stärkster Roman Roth’s best ( oder strongest) novel; eine starke Leistung a fine performance; stark in der Abwehr SPORT strong in defen|ce (Am. -se); der stärkste Spieler auf dem Platz the best player on the pitch (Am. field); echt stark Sl. real cool

6. LING., Verb etc.: strong

II Adv.

1. (sehr) strongly; stark befahren (STRAßE etc.) busy; stark behaart very hairy; stark benachteiligt severely handicapped; stark beschäftigt very busy; stark betont strongly stressed; stark betrunken very drunk; stark bevölkert densely populated; eine stark bevölkerte Region auch a high-population region; stark erkältet sein have a bad cold; stark gewürzt highly seasoned; stark übertrieben grossly exaggerated; stark ansteigen rise sharply; sich stark verändern change radically; stark bluten bleed heavily ( oder profusely); stark regnen rain heavily, pour; stark riechen have a strong smell; stark trinken / rauchen be a heavy drinker / smoker; stark wirken have a strong effect; stark wirkend Medikament etc.: powerful; jemanden stark im Verdacht haben have strong suspicions about s.o.; stark auf Mitternacht / die 70 zugehen umg. be fast approaching midnight / 70

2. (gut) well; sie hat stark gespielt SPORT she played really well ( stärker: brilliantly); umg. MUS. her playing (THEAT. her acting) was great; unheimlich stark aussehen / singen umg. look really great ( oder fantastic) / sing incredibly well

* * *

super; powerful; heavy; strong; intense; mighty; great

* * *
stạrk [ʃtark]
1. adj comp - er
['ʃtɛrkɐ] superl -ste(r, s) ['ʃtɛrkstə]
1) (= kräftig, konzentriert) strong (AUCH GRAM); (= mächtig) Stimme, Staat, Partei strong, powerful

stark bleiben — to be strong; (im Glauben) to hold firm

den starken Mann spielen or markieren or mimen (all inf) — to play the big guy (inf)

das ist seine starke Seite — that is his strong point or his forte

das ist stark or ein starkes Stück! (inf) — that's a bit much!

See:

→ starkmachen

2) (= dick) thick; (euph = korpulent) Dame, Herr large, well-built (euph); Arme, Beine large, strong (euph)

Kostüme für stärkere Damen — suits for the fuller figure

3) (= beträchtlich, heftig) Schmerzen, Kälte intense; Frost severe, heavy; Regen, Schneefall, Verkehr, Raucher, Trinker, Druck heavy; Sturm violent; Erkältung bad, heavy; Wind, Strömung, Eindruck strong; Appetit, Esser hearty; Beifall hearty, loud; Fieber, Nachfrage high; Trauer, Schmerz deep; Übertreibung, Widerhall, Bedenken considerable, great

starke Abneigung — strong dislike

4) (= leistungsfähig) Motor powerful; Sportler able; Mannschaft, Brille, Arznei strong

er ist in Englisch nicht sehr stark — he's quite weak in English

5) (= zahlreich) Auflage, Gefolge large; Nachfrage great, big

wir hoffen auf starke Beteiligung — we are hoping that a large number of people will take part

zehn Mann stark — ten strong

das Buch ist 300 Seiten stark — the book is 300 pages long

6) (inf = hervorragend) Leistung, Werk great (inf)

Meatloafs stärkstes Album — Meatloaf's greatest album (inf)

2. adv comp - er
['ʃtɛrkɐ] superl am -sten
1) (mit vb) a lot; (mit adj, ptp) very; applaudieren loudly; pressen, drücken, ziehen hard; regnen heavily; rauchen a lot, heavily; beeindrucken greatly; vertreten, dagegen sein strongly; abgenutzt, beschmutzt, beschädigt, entzündet etc badly; bluten profusely; vergrößert, verkleinert greatly

es hat stark gestürmt — there was a severe storm

es hat stark gedonnert — there was a loud clap of thunder

es donnert nicht mehr so stark — the thunder is not as loud now

stark wirken — to have a strong effect

stark wirkend (Medikament, Alkohol) — potent

stark gesalzen — very salty

stark gewürzt — highly spiced

stark verschuldet — heavily or deeply in debt

stark behaart sein — to be very hairy

stärker befahrene Straßen — busier roads

die Ausstellung wurde stark besucht — the exhibition was well attended

das Auto zieht stark nach links — the car is pulling badly to the left

er ist stark erkältet — he has a bad or heavy cold

er hat das Schmerzmittel zu stark dosiert — the painkillers he prescribed were too strong

Frauen sind stärker vertreten —

der Artikel wird immer stärker verkauft — sales of this product continue to increase

2) (inf = hervorragend) really well

die singt unheimlich stark — she's a really great singer (inf), she sings really well

* * *

1) (with great force; heavily: Don't hit him too hard; It was raining hard.) hard

2) heavy

3) (doing something to a great extent: He's a heavy smoker/drinker.) heavy

4) ((of a wind) strong: The wind is high tonight.) high

5) (powerful; strong: a potent drink.) potent

6) strongly

7) (firm, sound, or powerful, and therefore not easily broken, destroyed, attacked, defeated, resisted, or affected by weariness, illness etc: strong furniture; a strong castle; a strong wind; She's a strong swimmer; He has a very strong will/personality; He has never been very strong (= healthy); He is not strong enough to lift that heavy table.) strong

8) (very noticeable; very intense: a strong colour; a strong smell.) strong

9) (containing a large amount of the flavouring ingredient: strong tea.) strong

10) ((of a group, force etc) numbering a particular amount: An army 20,000 strong was advancing towards the town.) strong

* * *

stark

<stärker, stärkste>

[ʃtark]

I. adj

1. (kraftvoll) strong

ein \starker Händedruck a powerful grip

\starke Muskeln strong muscles, brawn no pl

2. (mächtig) powerful, strong

3. (unbeugsam) Charakter, Wille strong

4. (dick) Ast, Schnur, Wand thick

5. (von bestimmter Dicke)

ein 500 Seiten \starkes Buch a book of 500 pages

6. (zahlreich) Anwesenheit large

die Veranstaltung erfreute sich einer \starken Beteiligung a large number of people took part in the event

\starke Nachfrage great demand

7. (zahlenstark)

120 Mann \stark sein to be 120 strong, to number 120

8. (euph: korpulent) large euph, well-built euph

stärker werden to put on weight

9. (hochgradig)

\starke Ähnlichkeit strong resemblance

\starker Raucher/Trinker heavy smoker/drinker

10. (gehaltvoll, wirksam) Kaffee, Zigaretten strong

\starke Drogen/ \starker Schnaps strong [or hard] drugs/schnapps

\starke Medikamente strong [or potent] medicines

11. (heftig, intensiv) severe, heavy

\starker Druck high pressure

ein \starker Erdstoß a heavy seismic shock

\starker Frost severe [or heavy] frost

\starke Hitze/Kälte intense [or severe] heat/cold

\starke Regenfälle/Schneefälle heavy rainfall no pl/snowfall[s]

\starke Schwüle oppressive sultriness

\starke Strömung strong [or forceful] current

\starker Sturm violent storm

12. (kräftig, laut) loud

\starker Applaus hearty [or loud] applause

ein \starker Aufprall/Schlag/Stoß a hard [or heavy] impact/blow/knock

ein \starkes Rauschen a [loud] roar[ing]

13. (schlimm) severe

\starke Entzündung/Vereiterung severe inflammation/suppuration

eine \starke Erkältung a bad [or heavy] cold

\starkes Fieber a bad [or high] fever

eine \starke Grippe/Kolik a bad case of [the fam] flu/colic

\starke Krämpfe bad [or severe] cramps

\starker Schmerz severe [or intense] pain

14. (tief empfunden) Eindruck, Gefühle intense, strong

\starke Bedenken considerable reservations

\starke Liebe deep [or profound] love

15. (leistungsfähig) Glühbirne, Motor powerful; Herz, Nerven strong; Brille strong

16. (fähig) Gegner strong; Schüler, Sportler a. able

in etw dat \stark sein to be strong in sth

17. (sehr gut) Leistung great

meiner Meinung nach war sein letztes Buch sein bisher stärkstes in my opinion his last book was his best up to now

18. (sl: hervorragend) great fam

19. (fam: dreist)

das ist \stark! that's a bit much! fam; s.a. Stück

20. LING Deklination, Konjugation strong

II. adv

1. (heftig) heavily

gestern hat es \stark gestürmt there was a heavy [or violent] storm yesterday

\stark regnen/schneien to rain/snow heavily [or a lot

2. (in höherem Maße) greatly, a lot

die Ausstellung war \stark besucht there were a lot of visitors to the exhibition

sich akk an etw dat \stark beteiligen to be heavily involved [or to play a big part] in sth

\stark betrunken sein to be very drunk

\stark gekauft werden to sell extremely well [or fam like hot cakes]

sich akk \stark langweilen to be bored stiff [or BRIT rigid] fam

\stark übertreiben to greatly [or grossly] exaggerate

\stark vertreten strongly represented

3. (schlimm) severely

\stark beschädigt badly [or considerably] damaged

\stark bluten to bleed profusely [or heavily]

\stark erkältet sein to have a bad [or heavy] cold

4. (kräftig) hard

du musst stärker drücken you must push harder

\stark applaudieren to applaud loudly [or heartily

5. (eine große Menge verwendend) strongly

zu \stark gesalzen too salty

\stark gewürzt highly spiced

6. (sl: hervorragend) really well

* * *
1.
; stärker, stärkst... Adjektiv

1) strong <man, current, structure, team, drink, verb, pressure, wind, etc.>; potent <drink, medicine, etc.>; powerful <engine, lens, voice, etc.>; (ausgezeichnet) excellent <runner, player, performance>

sich für jemanden/etwas stark machen — (ugs.) throw one's weight behind somebody/something; s. auch Seite 4); Stück 3)

2) (dick) thick; stout <rope, string>; (verhüll.): (korpulent) well-built (euphem.)

3) (zahlenmäßig groß, umfangreich) sizeable, large <army, police>; big < demand>

eine 100 Mann starke Truppe — a 100-strong unit

4) (heftig, intensiv) heavy <rain, snow, traffic, smoke, heat, cold, drinker, smoker, demand, pressure>; severe <frost, pain>; strong <impression, influence, current, resistance, dislike>; grave <doubt, reservations>; great <exaggeration, interest>; hearty <eater, appetite>; loud < applause>

5) (Jugendspr.): (großartig) great (coll.); fantastic (coll.)
2.
adverbial

1) (sehr, überaus, intensiv) (mit Adj.) very; heavily <indebted, stressed>; greatly <increased, reduced, enlarged>; strongly <emphasized, characterized>; badly <damaged, worn, affected>; (mit Verb) <rain, snow, drink, smoke, bleed> heavily; <exaggerate, impress> greatly; <enlarge, reduce, increase> considerably; <support, oppose, suspect> strongly; < remind> very much

stark wirkend — with a powerful effect postpos.

stark riechen/duften — have a strong smell/scent

stark gewürzt — strongly seasoned

es ist stark/zu stark gesalzen — it is very/too salty

stark erkältet sein — have a heavy or bad cold

er geht stark auf die Sechzig zu — (ugs.) he's pushing sixty (coll.)

2) (Jugendspr.): (großartig) fantastically (coll.)

3) (Sprachw.)

stark flektieren od. flektiert werden — be a strong noun/verb

* * *

stark

A. adj

1. allg strong (auch Ähnlichkeit, Argument, Band, Brille, Eindruck, Gefühl, Geruch, Geschmack, Getränk, Gift, Glaube, Licht, Nerven, Parfüm, Verdacht, Vorurteil, Wille etc); Gegner, Kandidat, Motor, Organisation, Stellung: auch powerful; (kräftig) Mensch: strong; Sache: auch robust, sturdy; (mächtig) powerful;

das starke Geschlecht umg the stronger sex;

starkes Mittel MED strong ( oder potent) medication;

starke Seite fig strong point, strength, forte;

den starken Mann markieren, den starken Maxe spielen umg try to act tough;

Politik der starken Hand heavy-handed policy, strongarm tactics pl;

starke Truppenverbände strong ( oder large) troop units;

eine 200 Mann starke Kompanie a company of 200 men, a 200 strong company;

sie waren 200 Mann stark they were 200 men strong;

etwas Starkes trinken umg drink some hard stuff

2. (beleibt) stout; (dick) Wand etc: thick;

er ist stärker geworden he’s put on weight;

für die stärkere Frau oder

Figur euph for the fuller figure;

das Buch ist 600 Seiten stark the book is 600 pages long;

5 mm starker Karton cardboard 5 mm thick;

das Seil ist 4 cm stark the rope is 4 cm thick

3. (intensiv) intense; (heftig) violent; Erkältung, Raucher, Regen, Trinker, Verkehr etc: heavy; Frost, Schmerzen, Anfall etc: severe;

einen starken Haarwuchs haben (dichtes Haar) have thick hair; (schnell wachsend) have a luxuriant growth of hair;

starker Beifall loud applause;

starke Nachfrage great ( oder heavy) demand;

starker Esser big ( oder hearty) eater;

starkes Fieber a high temperature;

starke Schmerzen severe ( oder intense) pain;

die Schmerzen sind stark auch the pain is very bad;

starke Schmerzen haben be in severe pain;

starke Übertreibung gross exaggeration;

ein Film der starken Gefühle a film of intense emotions, an intensely emotional film

4. umg, iron (schlimm) bad;

das ist (wirklich) stark! oder

das ist ein starkes Stück! that’s pretty rich, that’s a bit thick;

da hast du dir aber ein starkes Stück geleistet! you’ve really gone and done it (this time)!

5. (gut) good; umg (großartig) great;

ein starker Film auch a brilliant film;

Roths stärkster Roman Roth’s best ( oder strongest) novel;

eine starke Leistung a fine performance;

stark in der Abwehr SPORT strong in defence (US -se);

der stärkste Spieler auf dem Platz the best player on the pitch (US field);

echt stark sl real cool

6. LING, Verb etc: strong

B. adv

1. (sehr) strongly;

stark befahren (Straße etc) busy;

stark behaart very hairy;

stark benachteiligt severely handicapped;

stark beschäftigt very busy;

stark betont strongly stressed;

stark betrunken very drunk;

stark bevölkert densely populated;

eine stark bevölkerte Region auch a high-population region;

stark erkältet sein have a bad cold;

stark gewürzt highly seasoned;

stark übertrieben grossly exaggerated;

stark ansteigen rise sharply;

sich stark verändern change radically;

stark bluten bleed heavily ( oder profusely);

stark regnen rain heavily, pour;

stark riechen have a strong smell;

stark trinken/rauchen be a heavy drinker/smoker;

stark wirken have a strong effect;

stark wirkend Medikament etc: powerful;

jemanden stark im Verdacht haben have strong suspicions about sb;

stark auf Mitternacht/die 70 zugehen umg be fast approaching midnight/70

2. (gut) well;

sie hat stark gespielt SPORT she played really well ( stärker: brilliantly); umg MUS her playing (THEAT her acting) was great;

unheimlich stark aussehen/singen umg look really great ( oder fantastic)/sing incredibly well

…stark im adj

1. (kräftig)

nervenstark with strong nerves;

saugstark with powerful suction

2. (zahlenmäßig stark)

mitgliederstark with a large number of members

3. (gut)

gedächtnisstark with a good memory;

konzentrationsstark with good powers of concentration;

kopfballstark good at heading the ball

* * *
1.
; stärker, stärkst... Adjektiv

1) strong <man, current, structure, team, drink, verb, pressure, wind, etc.>; potent <drink, medicine, etc.>; powerful <engine, lens, voice, etc.>; (ausgezeichnet) excellent <runner, player, performance>

sich für jemanden/etwas stark machen — (ugs.) throw one's weight behind somebody/something; s. auch Seite 4); Stück 3)

2) (dick) thick; stout <rope, string>; (verhüll.): (korpulent) well-built (euphem.)

3) (zahlenmäßig groß, umfangreich) sizeable, large <army, police>; big < demand>

eine 100 Mann starke Truppe — a 100-strong unit

4) (heftig, intensiv) heavy <rain, snow, traffic, smoke, heat, cold, drinker, smoker, demand, pressure>; severe <frost, pain>; strong <impression, influence, current, resistance, dislike>; grave <doubt, reservations>; great <exaggeration, interest>; hearty <eater, appetite>; loud < applause>

5) (Jugendspr.): (großartig) great (coll.); fantastic (coll.)
2.
adverbial

1) (sehr, überaus, intensiv) (mit Adj.) very; heavily <indebted, stressed>; greatly <increased, reduced, enlarged>; strongly <emphasized, characterized>; badly <damaged, worn, affected>; (mit Verb) <rain, snow, drink, smoke, bleed> heavily; <exaggerate, impress> greatly; <enlarge, reduce, increase> considerably; <support, oppose, suspect> strongly; < remind> very much

stark wirkend — with a powerful effect postpos.

stark riechen/duften — have a strong smell/scent

stark gewürzt — strongly seasoned

es ist stark/zu stark gesalzen — it is very/too salty

stark erkältet sein — have a heavy or bad cold

er geht stark auf die Sechzig zu — (ugs.) he's pushing sixty (coll.)

2) (Jugendspr.): (großartig) fantastically (coll.)

3) (Sprachw.)

stark flektieren od. flektiert werden — be a strong noun/verb

* * *

(Regen) adj.

heavy (rain) adj. (Umgangssprache) adj.

awesome (US) adj. adj.

heavy adj.

intense adj.

strong adj. adv.

deeply adv.

strongly adv.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > stark
11 menor

adj.

1 smaller.

2 younger, junior.

3 minor, lesser.

f. & m.

minor (law) (child).

m.

1 minor, young man, youngster.

2 minor, young girl.

* * *

menor

► adjetivo

1 (comparativo - en tamaño) smaller; (- en calidad, importancia) lesser; (- en edad) younger

■ necesito una talla menor I need a smaller size

■ se corre menor peligro it's less dangerous

■ mi hermano menor my younger brother

2 (superlativo - en tamaño) smallest; (- en calidad, importancia) least; (- en edad) youngest

■ cogió el trozo de menos tamaño she took the smallest piece

■ no tiene la menor importancia it's not at all important

■ su hermano menor se quedará en casa his youngest brother is going to stay at home

3 (inferior) minor

4 MÚSICA minor

► nombre masulino o femenino

1 DERECHO minor

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al por menor retail

apto,-a para menores (gen) suitable for all ages 2 (película) U-certificate, US rated G

ser menor de edad to be under age

menor de edad minor

tribunal de menores juvenile court

* * *
1. noun mf.
minor
2. adj.
1) minor

2) smaller, smallest

3) lesser, least

4) younger, youngest

•

- al por menor

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [comparativo]

a) [de tamaño] smaller

una caja de menor tamaño — a smaller box

los libros están ordenados de menor a mayor — the books are arranged by size, from small to large

b) [de cantidad] fewer, less

necesito una cantidad menor de botellas — I need fewer bottles

echa sal en menor cantidad — add less salt

• menor que algo — less than sth

su aportación es diez veces menor que la nuestra — his contribution is ten times less than ours

tres es menor que siete — three is less than seven

c) [de importancia, tiempo]

heridas de menor importancia — minor injuries

existe un menor control en las aduanas — customs controls are not as strict o tight as they were

el crecimiento de la economía es cada vez menor — the economy is growing at an ever slower rate

viene con menor frecuencia que antes — she doesn't come as often now

• en menor grado — to a lesser extent

d) [de edad] younger

mis dos hermanos menores — my two younger brothers

si eres menor de 18 años no puedes entrar — if you are under 18 you can't go in

• menor que algn — younger than sb

soy tres años menor que mi marido — I am three years younger than my husband

• ser menor de edad — to be under age; (Jur) to be a minor

dos jóvenes menores de edad se han escapado de su casa — two under-age youngsters have run away from home

e) (Mús) minor

concierto en Mi menor — concerto in E minor

f) (Rel) [orden] minor

2) [superlativo]

a) [de tamaño] smallest

es el país de menor tamaño de Europa — it is the smallest country in Europe

este es el menor de todos — this is the smallest of all

b) [de cantidad] lowest, smallest

el partido de menor asistencia de la liga — the match with the lowest o smallest attendance in the league

realizó la vuelta en el menor número de golpes — he finished the round in the lowest number of shots

hagan el menor ruido posible — make as little noise as possible

se despierta con el menor ruido — he wakes up at the slightest noise

c) [de importancia, tiempo] least

no le doy la menor importancia — I don't attach the slightest o least importance to it

no tiene la menor importancia — it is not in the least important

en el menor tiempo posible — in the shortest possible time
idea 4)
d) [de edad] youngest

este es Miguel, mi hijo menor — this is Miguel, my youngest son

2.

SMF (=niño) child, minor frm

un programa educativo para menores — an educational programme for children

los menores deben ir acompañados — children who are under age o minors frm must be accompanied

lo detuvieron por vender drogas a menores — he was arrested for selling drugs to minors

un menor de 15 años — a boy of 15

un campeonato para menores de 16 años — a championship for under-16s

• apto/ no apto para menores — suitable/not suitable for (young) children

apto para menores acompañados — (Cine) ≈ certificate PG

menor de edad — (Jur) minor

los menores de edad — those who are under age, minors

delitos cometidos por menores de edad — crimes committed by minors
tribunal 1)
3. SM

1) (Com)

• (al) por menor — retail antes de s

venta (al) por menor — retail sales

un establecimiento de venta al por menor — a retail establishment

2) Esp

• contar algo al por menor — to recount sth in detail

* * *
I
adjetivo

1)

a) ( comparativo de pequeño)

un período de menor interés histórico — a period of less historical interest

su poder es cada vez menor — his power is decreasing all the time

en menor medida/grado — to a lesser extent o degree

alimentos de menor contenido calórico — food which is lower in calories

esta vez hay un número menor de detenidos — this time there are fewer detainees

un porcentaje menor — a lower o smaller percentage

menor que algo — lower than something

un ingreso menor que el mío — an income three times lower than mine

X < Z — (Mat) (read as: equis es menor que zeta) X < Z; (léase: X is less than Z)

sucede con menor frecuencia que antes — it happens less often o less frequently than before

b) ( superlativo de pequeño)

haciendo el menor ruido posible — making as little noise as possible

el de menor tamaño — the smallest one

2) ( en edad)

a) ( comparativo)

¿tienes hermanas menores? — do you have any younger sisters?

menor que alguien — younger than somebody

b) ( superlativo)

¿cuál es el menor de los hermanos? — who's the youngest of the brothers?

el menor de los dos niños — the younger of the two boys

3) ( secundario) <escritor/obra> minor

lesiones de menor importancia — minor injuries

4) (Mús) minor

5) (Com)

(al) por menor — retail

venta (al) por menor — retail sales

los distribuidores (al) por menor — retail shops o outlets
II
masculino y femenino (Der) minor

película no apta para menores — film not suitable for under-18s

- menor de edad

* * *
I
adjetivo

1)

a) ( comparativo de pequeño)

un período de menor interés histórico — a period of less historical interest

su poder es cada vez menor — his power is decreasing all the time

en menor medida/grado — to a lesser extent o degree

alimentos de menor contenido calórico — food which is lower in calories

esta vez hay un número menor de detenidos — this time there are fewer detainees

un porcentaje menor — a lower o smaller percentage

menor que algo — lower than something

un ingreso menor que el mío — an income three times lower than mine

X < Z — (Mat) (read as: equis es menor que zeta) X < Z; (léase: X is less than Z)

sucede con menor frecuencia que antes — it happens less often o less frequently than before

b) ( superlativo de pequeño)

haciendo el menor ruido posible — making as little noise as possible

el de menor tamaño — the smallest one

2) ( en edad)

a) ( comparativo)

¿tienes hermanas menores? — do you have any younger sisters?

menor que alguien — younger than somebody

b) ( superlativo)

¿cuál es el menor de los hermanos? — who's the youngest of the brothers?

el menor de los dos niños — the younger of the two boys

3) ( secundario) <escritor/obra> minor

lesiones de menor importancia — minor injuries

4) (Mús) minor

5) (Com)

(al) por menor — retail

venta (al) por menor — retail sales

los distribuidores (al) por menor — retail shops o outlets
II
masculino y femenino (Der) minor

película no apta para menores — film not suitable for under-18s

- menor de edad

* * *

el menor

= least, the

Ex: Of these three connectors, 'and' focusses your search with the least precision since it retrieves all records that contain both words anywhere in the record.

menor¹

¹ = infant, juvenile, juvenile, minor.

Ex: The article 'Sitting pretty: infants, toddlers, & lapsits' outlines the procedures followed at San Francisco public library to help parents introduce their babies to appropriate literature.

Ex: The construction of the hypothesis, however, should be limited to such considerations as whether the subject heading list is designed to serve the adult or the juvenile user.

Ex: The library provides services to 2,903 adults and juveniles who have been sentenced or remanded to the care of the Department.

Ex: This new Act requires US libraries to block obscenity, child pornography and all material deemed harmful to minors on all computers used by minors.

* abandono de menores = child neglect.

* abuso de menores = child abuse.

* apto para mayores de 13 años o menores acompañados = PG-13.

* centro de menores = young offender institution.

* centro tutelar de menores = juvenile detention centre.

* consumo de bebidas alcohólicas por menores de edad = underage drinking.

* departamento de corrección de menores = department of corrections.

* embarazo de menores = teenage pregnancy.

* escuela de niños menores = infant school.

* explotación de menores = child labour.

* grupo de protección a menores = Shelter group.

* juzgado de asuntos menores = magistrates' court.

* manutención del menor = child maintenance.

* manutención de menores = child support.

* menor de edad = underage.

* menores de cinco años, los = under-fives, the.

* no apto para menores = X-rated.

* pensión de menores = child support.

* protección de menores = child protection, child welfare.

* sexo de menores = underage sex.

* trabajo de menores = child labour.

* tribunal de menores = juvenile court, minors' court.

menor²

² = minor, reduced, slight [sligther -comp., slightest -sup.], low-key [low key], lesser, lower-key, diminished, low-keyed.

Ex: A study of bibliographic classification could concentrate solely upon the major, and some of the more minor bibliographic classification schemes used today.

Ex: The model shows that market concentration rises with inelastic demand, reduced marginal costs and efficient technology.

Ex: The ISBD(CP)'s recommendations are very similar in principle to those for AACR2's 'in' analytics, except for slight changes in punctuation and order.

Ex: Activity is still low key, but will increase when the British Library puts up data bases on its own computer in 1977.

Ex: The catalog's deterioration is leading us down the road to lesser quality library service.

Ex: After all, print technology can be represented by pencial, pen, type, laser output, and so forth, but the effect is lower-key.

Ex: This volume comes at a time when increasingly frequent criticisms have been leveled at superpower nations for their diminished interest in problems in Africa.

Ex: Overall, he provides a low-keyed, lucid account that, with its many-leveled approach, does more than justice to the complex themes it studies.

* a menor escala = at a reduced rate.

* cada vez menor = decreasing, dwindling, diminishing, declining, falling, shrinking, receding, sinking, ebbing, descending.

* con un menor nivel educativo = lesser-educated.

* delito de menor grado = misdemeanour [misdimeanor, -USA].

* delito menor = petty offense, petty crime, minor offence.

* demanda cada vez menor = falling demand.

* de mayor o menor importancia = great and small.

* de menor impacto = low impact [low-impact].

* de menor importancia = fringe subject, of fringe interest.

* de menor importancia para = on the fringe of.

* desajuste cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.

* de venta al por menor = retail.

* diferencia cada vez menor entre... y = narrowing gap between... and, narrowing of the gap between... and.

* en mayor o menor grado = to a greater or lesser degree.

* en mayor o menor medida = to a greater or lesser extent.

* en menor cantidad = less copiously.

* en menor grado = to a lesser extent, to a lesser degree.

* en paños menores = in + Posesivo + underclothes.

* la menor duda de que = no doubt whatsoever.

* menor de + Número = fewer than + Número.

* menor, el = least, the.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* paños menores = undies.

* presupuesto cada vez menor = shrinking budget.

* ser el que con menor frecuencia = be (the) least likely to.

* ser menor = be less.

* símbolo de menor-que (<) = left angled bracket (<), less-than sign (<).

* sin el menor asomo de duda = without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.

* sin la menor duda = no mistake, no doubt.

* sin la menor idea = clueless.

* sin la menor sombra de duda = without a shadow of a doubt.

* vender al por menor = retail.

* venta al por menor = retailing, retail trade.

* ventas al por menor = retail sales.

* * *

menor¹

adjective

A

1 (comparativo de pequeño¹ adj (↑ pequeño (1))):

un período de menor interés histórico que el anterior a period of less historical interest than the previous one

nuestro poder adquisitivo es cada vez menor our purchasing power decreases every day

en menor medida to a lesser extent o degree

en mayor o menor grado to a greater or lesser extent o degree

alimentos de menor contenido calórico food which is lower in calories

menor QUE algo:

un ingreso tres veces menor que el mío an income three times lower than mine

un porcentaje de indecisos menor que el del último sondeo a lower o smaller percentage of don't knows than in the last poll

( Mat): X Z (read as: equis es menor que zeta) X Z (léase: X is less than Z)

esto sucede con menor frecuencia que antes this happens less often o less frequently than before

2 (superlativo de pequeño):

haciendo el menor ruido posible making as little noise as possible

eligió el de menor tamaño she chose the smallest one

¿cuál es la menor de las islas Baleares? which is the smallest of the Balearic islands?

B (en edad) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

1

(comparativo): ¿tienes hermanas menores? do you have any younger sisters?

menor QUE algn younger THAN sb

es un año menor que yo she's a year younger than me

2

(superlativo): ¿cuál es el menor de los hermanos? who's the youngest of the brothers?

mi hijo menor my youngest son

el menor de los dos niños the younger of the two boys

C (secundario) ‹escritor/obra› minor

sufrió lesiones de menor importancia she received minor injuries

D ( Mús) minor

E ( Com):

(al) por menor retail

[ S ] venta (al) por menor retail sales

los distribuidores (al) por menor retail shops o outlets

menor²

masculine and feminine

( Der) minor

[ S ] película no apta para menores movie not suitable for under-18s, certificate 18

Compuesto:

menor de edad

masculine and feminine minor

ser menor de edad to be a minor, be underage

* * *

menor adjetivo
1
a) ( comparativo de

◊ pequeño) ‹número/porcentaje› lower, smaller;

en menor medida/grado to a lesser extent o degree;
menor que algo lower than sth;
un ingreso menor que el mío an income lower than mine
b) ( superlativo de

◊ pequeño): el país con el menor número de parados the country with the lowest unemployment figures;

haciendo el menor ruido posible making as little noise as possible;
el de menor tamaño the smallest one
2 ( en edad)
a) ( comparativo) younger;

menor que algn younger than sb
b) ( superlativo):

◊ ¿cuál es el menor de los hermanos? who's the youngest of the brothers?;

el menor de los dos niños the younger of the two boys
3 ( secundario) ‹escritor/obra› minor;
◊ lesiones de menor importancia minor injuries

4 (Mús) minor
5 (Com):
◊ (al) por menor retail

■ sustantivo masculino y femenino: tb
◊ menor de edad minor; ser menor de edad to be a minor, to be under age;

película no apta para menores film not suitable for under-18s
menor
I adjetivo
1 (comparativo de tamaño) smaller: una habitación menor que la mía, a room smaller than mine
(superlativo) smallest
el tamaño menor, the smallest size
2 (comparativo de grado) less: su alegría es menor que la mía, his happiness is less than mine
(superlativo) least, slightest: no tiene la menor idea, he hasn't the slightest idea
3 (comparativo de edad) younger: es menor de sesenta años, she is under sixty
es menor que mi prima, he's younger than my cousin
(superlativo) youngest
la menor de nosotras, the youngest of us
4 Mús minor
5 Com al por menor, retail
II mf Jur minor

' menor' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abusar
- Asia
- caza
- edad
- efecto
- menos
- mínima
- mínimo
- osa
- re
- relevancia
- sol
- sombra
- trascendencia
- vender
- venta
- cazar
- compás
- de
- duda
- enfadado
- enfadar
- enojado
- enojar
- intención
- movimiento
- noción
English:
age
- Asia Minor
- barge in
- clue
- deaf
- doubt
- extent
- fact
- foggy
- guardian
- junior
- juvenile
- least
- lesser
- may
- minor
- misdemeanor
- misdemeanour
- retail
- retail sale
- retailing
- show
- under
- young
- magistrate
- marginal
- offender
- out
- rough
- slight

* * *

menor

♦ adj

1. [comparativo] [en tamaño] smaller ( que than); [en edad] younger ( que than); [en importancia] less, lesser ( que than); [en número] lower ( que than);
este apartamento es menor que el otro this Br flat o US apartment is smaller than the other one;

mi hermana menor my younger sister;

es ocho años menor que yo he's eight years younger than me;

reciben menor formación que nosotros they receive less training than us;

en menor grado to a lesser extent;

un menor número de víctimas a lower o smaller number of victims;

una menor tasa de inflación a lower rate of inflation;

apartamentos menores de 100 metros cuadrados Br flats o US apartments of less than o under 100 square metres;

ayudas para empresarios menores de veinticinco años grants for businessmen (of) under twenty-five;

sólo la menor parte de los encuestados estaba en contra only a minority of those interviewed were opposed;
Mat
menor que less than

2. [superlativo]
el/la menor… [en tamaño] the smallest…;
[en edad] the youngest…; [en importancia] the slightest…; [en número] the lowest…;
la menor de las islas the smallest island, the smallest of the islands;

la menor de todos nosotros/de la clase the youngest of all of us/in the class;

la menor de las dos hermanas the younger of the two sisters;

el menor ruido le molesta the slightest noise disturbs him;

no creo que tenga el menor interés I don't think it's at all o the slightest bit interesting;

no te preocupes, no tiene la menor importancia don't worry, it doesn't matter at all o in the least;

no tengo la menor idea I haven't the slightest idea

3. [intrascendente, secundario] minor;

un problema menor a minor problem

4. [joven]
aún es menor para salir solo he's still a bit young to go out on his own;

ser menor de edad [para votar, conducir] to be under age;
Der to be a minor
5. Mús minor;

en do menor in C minor

6. Com
al por menor retail;

vender algo al por menor to retail sth;

puntos de venta al por menor retail outlets

♦ nmf

1. [superlativo]
el/la menor [hijo, hermano] the youngest

2. Der [niño] minor;

es una película no apta para menores this film has been classified as unsuitable for children;

no apta para menores [en letrero] = unsuitable for children

Comp
menor de edad minor
* * *

menor

I adj

1 comp less; en tamaño smaller; en edad younger;

ser menor de edad be a minor

2 sup

:

el menor en tamaño the smallest; en edad the youngest;

el número menor the lowest number;

no tengo la menor idea I don’t have the slightest idea

3 MÚS tono, modo minor;

mi menor E minor

4 COM

:

al por menor retail

II m/f minor

* * *

menor adj

1) (comparative of pequeño) : smaller, lesser, younger

2) (superlative of pequeño) : smallest, least, youngest

3) : minor

4)

al por menor : retail

5)

ser menor de edad : to be a minor, to be underage

menor nmf

: minor, juvenile

* * *

menor¹ adj

1. (comparativo menos grande) smaller

una talla menor a smaller size

2. (ningún) slightest

no tiene la menor importancia it doesn't matter in the slightest

no tengo la menor idea I haven't the faintest idea

3. (comparativo más joven) younger

es menor que tú he's younger than you

su hermano menor her younger brother

4. (superlativo más joven) youngest

el hijo menor de la familia the youngest of the family

menor² n

1. (más joven) youngest

el menor de mis hijos my youngest son

2. (menor de edad) minor

Spanish-English dictionary > menor
12 Bodmer, Johann Georg

SUBJECT AREA: Mechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic engineering, Railways and locomotives, Steam and internal combustion engines, Textiles, Weapons and armour

[br]

b. 9 December 1786 Zurich, Switzerland

d. 30 May 1864 Zurich, Switzerland

[br]

Swiss mechanical engineer and inventor.

[br]

John George Bodmer (as he was known in England) showed signs of great inventive ability even as a child. Soon after completing his apprenticeship to a local millwright, he set up his own work-shop at Zussnacht. One of his first inventions, in 1805, was a shell which exploded on impact. Soon after this he went into partnership with Baron d'Eichthal to establish a cotton mill at St Blaise in the Black Forest. Bodmer designed the water-wheels and all the machinery. A few years later they established a factory for firearms and Bodmer designed special machine tools and developed a system of interchangeable manufacture comparable with American developments at that time. More inventions followed, including a detachable bayonet for breech-loading rifles and a rifled, breech-loading cannon for 12 lb (5.4 kg) shells.

Bodmer was appointed by the Grand Duke of Baden to the posts of Director General of the Government Iron Works and Inspector of Artillery. He left St Blaise in 1816 and entered completely into the service of the Grand Duke, but before taking up his duties he visited Britain for the first time and made an intensive five-month tour of textile mills, iron works, workshops and similar establishments.

In 1821 he returned to Switzerland and was engaged in setting up cotton mills and other engineering works. In 1824 he went back to England, where he obtained a patent for his improvements in cotton machinery and set up a mill near Bolton incorporating his ideas. His health failing, he was obliged to return to Switzerland in 1828, but he was soon busy with engineering works there and in France. In 1833 he went to England again, first to Bolton and four years later to Manchester in partnership with H.H.Birley. In the next ten years he patented many more inventions in the fields of textile machinery, steam engines and machine tools. These included a balanced steam engine, a mechanical stoker, steam engine valve gear, gear-cutting machines and a circular planer or vertical lathe, anticipating machines of this type later developed in America by E.P. Bullard. The metric system was used in his workshops and in gearing calculations he introduced the concept of diametral pitch, which then became known as "Manchester Pitch". The balanced engine was built in stationary form and in two locomotives, but although their running was remarkably smooth the additional complication prevented their wider use.

After the death of H.H.Birley in 1846, Bodmer removed to London until 1848, when he went to Austria. About 1860 he returned to his native town of Zurich. He remained actively engaged in all kinds of inventions up to the end of his life. He obtained fourteen British patents, each of which describes many inventions; two of these patents were extended beyond the normal duration of fourteen years. Two others were obtained on his behalf, one by his brother James in 1813 for his cannon and one relating to railways by Charles Fox in 1847. Many of his inventions had little direct influence but anticipated much later developments. His ideas were sound and some of his engines and machine tools were in use for over sixty years. He was elected a Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers in 1835.

[br]

Bibliography

1845, "The advantages of working stationary and marine engines with high-pressure steam, expansively and at great velocities; and of the compensating, or double crank system", Minutes of the Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers 4:372–99.

1846, "On the combustion of fuel in furnaces and steam-boilers, with a description of Bodmer's fire-grate", Minutes of the Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers 5:362–8.

Further Reading

Obituary, 1868–9, Minutes of the Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers 28:573–608.

H.W.Dickinson, 1929–30, "Diary of John George Bodmer, 1816–17", Transactions of the Newcomen Society 10:102–14.

D.Brownlie, 1925–6, John George Bodmer, his life and work, particularly in relation to the evolution of mechanical stoking', Transactions of the Newcomen Society 6:86–110.

W.O.Henderson (ed.), 1968, Industrial Britain Under the Regency: The Diaries of Escher, Bodmer, May and de Gallois 1814–1818, London: Frank Cass (a more complete account of his visit to Britain).

RTS

Biographical history of technology > Bodmer, Johann Georg
13 McKay, Hugh Victor

SUBJECT AREA: Agricultural and food technology

[br]

b. c. 1866 Drummartin, Victoria, Australia

d. 21 May 1926 Australia

[br]

Australian inventor and manufacturer of harvesting and other agricultural equipment.

[br]

A farmer's son, at the age of 17 McKay developed modifications to the existing stripper harvester and created a machine that would not only strip the seed from standing corn, but was able to produce a threshed, winnowed and clean sample in one operation. The prototype was produced in 1884 and worked well on the two acres of wheat that had been set aside on the family farm. By arrangement with a Melbourne plough maker, five machines were made and sold for the 1885 season. In 1886 the McKay Harvester Company was formed, with offices at Ballarat, from which the machines, built by various companies, were sold. The business expanded quickly, selling sixty machines in 1888, and eventually rising to the production of nearly 2,000 harvesters in 1905. The name "Sunshine" was given to the harvester, and the "Sun" prefix was to appear on all other implements produced by the company as it diversified its production interests. In 1902 severe drought reduced machinery sales and left 2,000 harvesters unsold. McKay was forced to look to export markets to dispose of his surplus machines. By 1914 a total of 10,000 machines were being exported annually. During the First World War McKay was appointed to the Business Board of the Defence Department. Increases in the scale of production resulted in the company moving to Melbourne, where it was close to the port of entry of raw materials and was able to export the finished article more readily. In 1909 McKay produced one of the first gas-engined harvesters, but its cost prevented it from being more than an experimental prototype. By this time McKay was the largest agricultural machinery manufacturer in the Southern hemisphere, producing a wide range of implements, including binders. In 1916 McKay hired Headlie Taylor, who had developed a machine capable of harvesting fallen crops. The jointly developed machine was a major success, coming as it did in what would otherwise have been a disastrous Australian harvest. Further developments included the "Sun Auto-header" in 1923, the first of the harvesting machines to adopt the "T" configuration to be seen on modern harvesters. The Australian market was expanding fast and a keen rivalry developed between McKay and Massey Harris. Confronted by the tariff regulations with which the Australian Government had protected its indigenous machinery industry since 1906, Massey Harris sold all its Australian assets to the H.V. McKay company in 1930. Twenty-three years later Massey Ferguson acquired the old Sunshine works and was still operating from there in the 1990s.

Despite a long-running history of wage disputes with his workforce, McKay established a retiring fund as well as a self-help fund for distressed cases. Before his death he created a charitable trust and requested that some funds should be made available for the "aerial experiments" which were to lead to the establishment of the Flying Doctor Service.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

CBE.

Further Reading

Graeme Quick and Wesley Buchele, 1978, The Grain Harvesters, American Society of Agricultural Engineers (devotes a chapter to the unique development of harvesting machinery which took place in Australia).

AP

Biographical history of technology > McKay, Hugh Victor
14 Cotton, William

SUBJECT AREA: Textiles

[br]

b. 1819 Seagrave, Leicestershire, England

d. after 1878

[br]

English inventor of a power-driven flat-bed knitting machine.

[br]

Cotton was originally employed in Loughborough and became one of the first specialized hosiery-machine builders. After the introduction of the latch needle by Matthew Townsend in 1856, knitting frames developed rapidly. The circular frame was easier to work automatically, but attempts to apply power to the flat frame, which could produce fully fashioned work, culminated in 1863 with William Cotton's machine. In that year he invented a machine that could make a dozen or more stockings or hose simultaneously and knit fashioned garments of all kinds. The difficulty was to reduce automatically the number of stitches in the courses where the hose or garment narrowed to give it shape. Cotton had early opportunities to apply himself to the improvement of hosiery machines while employed in the patent shop of Cartwright \& Warner of Loughborough, where some of the first rotaries were made. He remained with the firm for twenty years, during which time sixty or seventy of these machines were turned out. Cotton then established a factory for the manufacture of warp fabrics, and it was here that he began to work on his ideas. He had no knowledge of the principles of engineering or drawing, so his method of making sketches and then getting his ideas roughed out involved much useless labour. After twelve years, in 1863, a patent was issued for the machine that became the basis of the Cotton's Patent type. This was a flat frame driven by rotary mechanism and remarkable for its adaptability. At first he built his machine upright, like a cottage piano, but after much thought and experimentation he conceived the idea of turning the upper part down flat so that the needles were in a vertical position instead of being horizontal, and the work was carried off horizontally instead of vertically. His first machine produced four identical pieces simultaneously, but this number was soon increased. Cotton was induced by the success of his invention to begin machine building as a separate business and thus established one of the first of a class of engineering firms that sprung up as an adjunct to the new hosiery manufacture. He employed only a dozen men and turned out six machines in the first year, entering into an agreement with Hine \& Mundella for their exclusive use. This was later extended to the firm of I. \& R.Morley. In 1878, Cotton began to build on his own account, and the business steadily increased until it employed some 200 workers and had an output of 100 machines a year.

[br]

Bibliography

1863, British patent no. 1,901 (flat-frame knitting machine).

Further Reading

F.A.Wells, 1935, The British Hosiery and Knitwear Industry: Its History and Organisation, London (based on an article in the Knitters' Circular (Feb. 1898).

A brief account of the background to Cotton's invention can be found in T.K.Derry and T.I. Williams, 1960, A Short History of Technology from the Earliest Times to AD 1900, Oxford; C. Singer (ed.), 1958, A History of Technology, Vol. V, Oxford: Clarendon Press.

F.Moy Thomas, 1900, I. \& R.Morley. A Record of a Hundred Years, London (mentions cotton's first machines).

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Cotton, William
15 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
16 tirer

tirer [tiʀe]

➭ TABLE 1

1. transitive verb

   a. ( = amener vers soi) [+ pièce mobile, poignée, corde] to pull ; (vers le bas) to pull down ; (vers le haut) to pull up ; [+ rideaux] to draw ; [+ tiroir] to pull open ; [+ verrou] ( = fermer) to slide to ; ( = ouvrir) to draw

• tire la porte pull the door to

• as-tu tiré le verrou ? have you bolted the door?

• tirer les cheveux à qn to pull sb's hair

• tirer qn par le bras to pull sb by the arm

• tirer qn par la manche to tug sb's sleeve

• tirer qn à l'écart to draw sb aside

► tirer sur [+ corde, poignée, rênes] to pull on ; [+ pipe, cigarette, cigare] to puff at

• tirer sur la ficelle or la corde (inf: inf) (figurative) to push one's luck (inf)

• un vert qui tire sur le bleu a bluish green

• il tire sur la soixantaine he's going on sixty

   b. ( = remorquer) [+ véhicule, charge] to pull ; [+ navire, remorque] to tow

   c. ( = sortir) [+ épée, couteau, vin, cidre] to draw

• tirer un son d'un instrument to get a sound out of an instrument

• tirer qn du sommeil to arouse sb from sleep

• tirer qn du lit to get sb out of bed

• tirer qn de son travail to take sb away from his work

• ce bruit le tira de sa rêverie the noise brought him out of his daydream

• tirer des larmes à qn to make sb cry

   d. ( = obtenir) [+ conclusion, idée, plaisir, satisfaction] to draw (de from)

• tirer de l'argent d'une activité to make money from an activity

• il a tiré 4 000 € de sa vieille voiture he managed to get 4,000 euros for his old car

• tirer de l'argent de qn to get money out of sb

• on ne peut rien en tirer (enfant têtu) you can't do anything with him ; (personne qui refuse de parler) you can't get anything out of him

   e. ( = délivrer) tirer qn de prison/d'une situation dangereuse to get sb out of prison/of a dangerous situation

• tirer qn du doute to dispel sb's doubts

• tirer qn de la misère to rescue sb from poverty

• il faut le tirer de là we'll have to help him out

   f. (indiquant l'origine) mots tirés du latin words taken from Latin

• tirer son nom de to take one's name from

• pièce tirée d'un roman play taken from a novel

• l'opium est tiré du pavot opium is obtained from poppies

• tirer une substance d'une matière première to extract a substance from a raw material

   g. (Games) [+ billet, numéro, loterie] to draw ; [+ carte] to pick

• tirer les cartes to give a reading

• tirer qch au sort to draw lots for sth

• tirer les rois (à l'Épiphanie) to cut the Twelfth Night cake

• tirer la fève to win the charm

   h. (Photography, typography) to print

• ce journal est tiré à 100 000 exemplaires this paper has a circulation of 100,000

• tirer un roman à 8 000 exemplaires to print 8,000 copies of a novel

   i. ( = tracer) [+ ligne, trait] to draw ; [+ plan] to draw up

   j. [+ coup de feu, balle] to fire ; [+ flèche, gibier] to shoot ; [+ feu d'artifice] to set off

• il a tiré plusieurs coups de revolver sur l'agent he fired several shots at the policeman

• tirer un coup (vulg!) to have it off (vulg!)

   k. (Football) to shoot

• tirer un corner/un penalty to take a corner/a penalty

   l. [+ chèque, lettre de change] to draw

• tirer de l'argent sur son compte to draw money out of one's account

• prête-moi ta carte bleue pour que j'aille tirer de l'argent lend me your credit card so that I can go and get some money out

   m. (Nautical) tirer 6 mètres to draw 6 metres of water

   n. ( = passer) (inf) to get through

• encore une heure/un mois à tirer another hour/month to get through

• tirer deux ans de prison to do two years in prison

• voilà une semaine de tirée that's one week over with

   o. ( = voler) (inf!) to pinch (inf)

• il s'est fait tirer son blouson he got his jacket pinched (inf)

2. intransitive verb

   a. to pull

• tirez ici pull here

   b. ( = faire feu) to fire ; ( = se servir d'une arme à feu, viser) to shoot

• il leur a donné l'ordre de tirer he gave the order for them to fire

• apprendre à tirer to learn to shoot

• tirer sur qn/qch to shoot at sb/sth

• il m'a tiré dessus he shot at me

• tirer à la carabine to shoot with a rifle

• tirer en l'air to fire into the air

• tirer à vue to shoot on sight

• il lui a tiré dans le dos he shot him in the back ; (figurative) he stabbed him in the back

• tirer dans les pattes de qn (inf) to make life difficult for sb

   c. (Sport, football) to shoot

• tirer au but to take a shot at goal

   d. (Press) tirer à 10 000 exemplaires to have a circulation of 10,000

   e. [cheminée, poêle] to draw

• la cheminée tire bien the chimney draws well

   f. [moteur, voiture] to pull

• le moteur tire bien en côte the engine pulls well on hills

   g. [points de suture, sparadrap] to pull

• le matin, j'ai la peau qui tire my skin feels tight in the morning

   h. (locutions)

► tirer à sa fin [journée] to be drawing to a close ; [épreuve] to be nearly over ; [provisions] to be nearly finished

► tirer au flanc (inf) to skive (inf) (Brit) to shirk

3. reflexive verb

► se tirer

   a.

se tirer de [+ danger, situation] to get o.s. out of

• il s'est tiré sans dommage de l'accident he came out of the accident unharmed

• sa voiture était en mille morceaux mais lui s'en est tiré his car was smashed to pieces but he escaped unharmed

• il est très malade mais je crois qu'il va s'en tirer he's very ill but I think he'll pull through

• cette fois il ne va pas s'en tirer si facilement he won't get off so lightly this time

• il s'en est tiré avec une amende he got off with a fine

• il s'en est tiré avec une jambe cassée he got out of it with a broken leg

   b. bien/mal se tirer de qch [+ tâche] to handle sth well/badly

• comment va-t-il se tirer de ce sujet/travail ? how will he cope with this subject/job?

• les questions étaient difficiles mais il s'en est bien tiré the questions were difficult but he handled them well

• on s'en tire tout juste we just scrape by

   c. ( = déguerpir) (inf!) to clear off (inf)

• allez, on se tire come on, let's be off

• il s'est tiré he's gone

• il s'est tiré avec la caisse he ran off with the money

* * *
tiʀe
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( déplacer) to pull [véhicule]; to pull up [chaise]; to pull away [tapis]

tirer la tête en arrière — to toss one's head back

2) ( exercer une traction) ( avec une force régulière) to pull [cheveux]; to pull on [corde]; ( par à-coups) to tug at

tirer quelqu'un par le bras — to pull somebody's arm

3) ( tendre)

tirer ses bas — to pull up one's stockings

tirer sa chemise — to straighten one's shirt

avoir les traits tirés — to look drawn

4) ( fermer) to draw [verrou, rideau]; to pull down [store]; to close [porte, volet]

5) ( avec une arme) to fire off [balle, obus, grenade]; to fire [missile]; to shoot [flèche]

6) Sport ( de ballon)

tirer un corner/penalty — to take a corner/penalty

7) ( choisir au hasard)

tirer (au sort) — to draw [carte, loterie, nom]; to draw for [partenaire]

tirer les cartes à quelqu'un — to tell the cards for somebody

se faire tirer les cartes — to have one's fortune told with cards

8) ( prendre) to draw [vin, électricité, argent] (de, sur from)

9) ( sortir)

tirer un stylo de son sac — to take a pen out of one's bag

tirer un enfant de l'eau — to pull a child out of the water

tirer quelque chose de sa poche — to pull something out of one's pocket

10) ( faire sortir)

tirer le pays de la récession — to get the country out of recession

tire-moi de là! — get me out of this!

tirer quelqu'un d'une maladie — to pull somebody through an illness

tu l'as tirée de son silence — you drew her out of her silence

11) ( obtenir)

tirer de quelqu'un — to get [something] from somebody [renseignement, aveu]

tirer de quelque chose — to draw [something] from something [force, ressources]; to derive [something] from something [orgueil, satisfaction]; to make [something] out of something [argent]

tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de cette voiture — ( comme argent) you won't get much for this car; ( comme service) you won't get much out of this car

tirer le maximum de la situation — to make the most of the situation

tirer un son d'un instrument — to get a note out of an instrument

12) ( dériver)

le film est tiré du roman — the film is based on the novel

la guillotine tire son nom de son inventeur — the guillotine gets its name from its inventor

le mot est tiré de l'anglais — the word comes from the English

13) ( extraire)

texte tiré de Zola — text taken from Zola

le médicament est tiré d'une plante — the drug comes from a plant

14) ( faire un tirage) to print [livre, négatif]; to run off [épreuve, exemplaire]

journal tiré à dix mille exemplaires — newspaper with a circulation of ten thousand

tiré à part — [texte] off-printed

15) ( tracer) to draw [ligne, trait]

tirer un chèque — to draw a cheque GB ou check US

tirer des plans — fig to draw up plans

16) (colloq) ( passer)

plus qu'une heure/semaine à tirer — only one more hour/week to go

tirer quelques années en prison — to spend a few years in prison

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( exercer une traction) to pull

tirer sur quelque chose — to pull on something; ( d'un coup ou par à-coups) to tug at something

tire fort! — pull hard!

2) ( utiliser une arme) gén to shoot ( sur at); ( à feu) to fire ( sur at)

tirer à la carabine — to shoot with a rifle

tirer au fusil — to fire a gun

elle lui a tiré dans la jambe — she shot him/her in the leg

3) ( au football) to shoot; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a shot

4) ( choisir au hasard)

tirer (au sort) — to draw lots

5) ( prendre)

tirer sur — to draw on

tirer sur son compte — to draw on one's account

6) ( aspirer)

la cheminée tire bien — the chimney draws well

7) ( être imprimé)

tirer à mille exemplaires — [périodique] to have a circulation of one thousand

8) ( aller vers)

tirer sur le jaune/l'orangé — [couleur] to be yellowish/orangy

tirer sur la cinquantaine — [personne] to be pushing fifty

tirer à gauche/droite — [voiture] to pull to the left/right

3.

se tirer verbe pronominal

1) ( sortir)

se tirer de — to come through [situation, difficultés]

2) (sl) ( partir) to push off (colloq)

3) ( avec une arme)

se tirer une balle — to shoot oneself ( dans in)

se tirer dessus — ( l'un l'autre) lit to shoot at one another

4) (colloq) ( se débrouiller)

s'en tirer — to cope, to manage

5) (colloq) ( échapper)

s'en tirer — ( à un accident) to escape; ( à une maladie) to pull through; ( à une punition) to get away with it (colloq)

s'en tirer à bon prix — to get off lightly

* * *
tiʀe
1. vt

1) (pour arracher, amener à soi) to pull

Il m'a tiré les cheveux. — He pulled my hair.

tiré par les cheveux fig (histoire, intrigue, explications) — far-fetched

2) (= fermer) [volet, porte, trappe] to pull to, to close, [rideau] to draw

tirer les rideaux — to draw the curtains

3) (= extraire)

tirer qch de qch — to take sth from sth, to pull sth out of sth, [fruit, sol] to extract sth from sth

Elle a tiré un mouchoir de son sac. — She took a handkerchief from her bag., She pulled a handkerchief out of her bag.

tirer son nom de — to take one's name from, to get one's name from

tirer qch de qn — to get sth out of sb

tirer qn de qch [embarras] — to help sb out of sth, to get sb out of sth

tirer qn d'embarras — to get sb out of an awkward situation

tirer qn d'un mauvais pas — to get sb out of a fix

4) (= sortir)

tirer la langue — to stick out one's tongue

5) (avec une arme) [balle, coup de feu] to fire, [animal] to shoot

Il a tiré plusieurs coups de feu. — He fired several shots.

6) [chèque] to draw

7) (= tracer) to draw, to trace

tirer un trait — to draw a line

tirer un trait sur qch fig — to draw a line under sth

tirer un trait sur son passé — to draw a line under one's past

8) (= imprimer) [journal, livre, photo] to print

9) (= choisir) [carte] to draw

tirer les cartes — to read the cards, to tell the cards

tirer au sort — to draw lots

tirer des conclusions — to draw conclusions

10) FOOTBALL, [corner] to take

11) NAVIGATION

tirer 6 mètres — to draw 6 metres of water

2. vi

1)

"Tirer" — "Pull"

tirer sur qch [corde, poignée] — to pull on sth, to pull at sth, [pipe] to draw on sth

2) (avec arme) to shoot, (= faire feu) to shoot, to fire

tirer à l'arc — to shoot with a bow and arrow

tirer à la carabine — to shoot with a rifle, to fire with a rifle

tirer sur qn (= faire feu sur) — to shoot at sb, to fire on sb

Il a tiré sur les policiers. — He shot at police officers., He fired on police officers.

3) FOOTBALL to shoot

4) [cheminée] to draw

5)

tirer à sa fin — to be drawing to an end

tirer en longueur — to drag on

* * *

tirer verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( déplacer) [personne, animal, véhicule] to pull [véhicule]; [personne] to pull up [fauteuil, chaise]; [personne] to pull away [tapis]; tirer la tête en arrière to toss one's head back; ⇒ chapeau, couverture;

2 ( exercer une traction) ( avec une force régulière) to pull [cheveux]; to pull on [corde]; ( par à-coups) to tug at [cordelette, manette, sonnette]; tirer qn par le bras to pull sb's arm; tirer les cheveux à qn to pull sb's hair; tirer qn par la manche to tug at sb's sleeve;

3 ( tendre) tirer ses cheveux en arrière to pull back one's hair; tirer ses bas to pull up one's stockings; tirer sa chemise/jupe to straighten one's shirt/skirt; ⇒ épingle; se faire tirer la peau○ Cosmét to have a face-lift; la peau/ça me tire○ my skin/it feels tight;

4 ( fermer) to draw [verrou, rideau]; to pull down [store]; to close [porte, volet];

5 Mil to fire off [balle, obus, grenade]; to fire [missile]; tirer un coup de feu to fire a shot; tirer le canon ( pour honorer) to fire a salute; tirer vingt et un coups de canon to fire a twenty-one gun salute;

6 ( propulser) to shoot [balle, flèche] (sur at); elle lui a tiré (une balle) dans le dos she shot him in the back;

7 ( viser) tirer le canard/faisan/gibier to shoot duck/pheasant/game;

8 Sport ( de ballon) tirer un corner/penalty to take a corner/penalty; tirer un coup franc ( au football) to take a free kick; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a free throw;

9 ( choisir au hasard) tirer (au sort) to draw [carte, loterie, nom, gagnant, adversaire]; to draw for [partenaire]; tirer les blancs to draw white; tirer une bonne carte to draw a strong card;

10 Jeux ( aux cartes) tirer ses atouts to draw trumps;

11 Astrol tirer les cartes à qn to tell the cards for sb; se faire tirer les cartes to have one's fortune told with cards;

12 ( prendre) to draw [vin, bière, eau, électricité, argent] (de, sur from); tirer de l'eau du puits to draw water from the well; tirer de l'argent sur un compte to draw money from an account; ⇒ vin;

13 ( sortir) tirer de qch to take [sth] out of sth [objet]; to pull [sb] out of sth [personne]; tirer un stylo de son sac/d'un tiroir to take a pen out of one's bag/out of a drawer; tirer un enfant de l'eau/des flammes to pull a child out of the water/out of the flames; tirer qch de sa poche to pull sth out of one's pocket; tirer une bouffée de sa cigarette/pipe to take a puff at ou on one's cigarette/pipe; ⇒ épingle, marron, ver;

14 ( faire sortir) tirer de qch to get [sb/sth] out of sth [personne, pays, entreprise]; tirer le pays de la récession to get the country out of recession; tire-moi de là! get me out of this!; tirer qn d'une maladie to pull sb through an illness; tu l'as tirée de son silence/sa mélancolie you drew her out of her silence/her melancholy;

15 ( obtenir) tirer de qn to get [sth] from sb [renseignement, aveu]; tirer de qch to draw [sth] from sth [force, ressources]; to derive [sth] from sth [orgueil, satisfaction]; to make [sth] out of sth [argent]; tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de cette voiture ( comme argent) you won't get much for this car; ( comme service) you won't get much out of this car; tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de lui (comme argent, renseignements, preuve d'intelligence) you won't get much out of him; tirer le maximum de la situation to make the most of the situation; tirer un son d'un instrument to get a note out of an instrument;

16 ( dériver) tirer de qch to base [sth] on sth [récit, film]; to get [sth] from sth [nom]; le film est tiré du roman the film is based on the novel; la guillotine tire son nom de son inventeur the guillotine gets its name from its inventor; le mot est tiré de l'anglais the word comes from the English;

17 ( extraire) tirer de qn/qch to take [sth] from sb/sth [texte]; to derive [sth] from sth [substance]; texte tiré de Zola/la Bible text taken from Zola/the Bible; le médicament est tiré d'une plante the drug comes from a plant;

18 ( faire un tirage) to print [livre, tract, texte, négatif]; to run off [épreuve, exemplaire]; journal tiré à dix mille exemplaires newspaper with a circulation of ten thousand;

19 ( tracer) to draw [ligne, trait]; tirer un chèque Fin to draw a cheque GB ou check US (sur on); tirer des plans fig to draw up plans; ⇒ comète;

20 ○( passer) plus qu'une heure/semaine à tirer only one more hour/week to go; tirer quelques années en prison to spend a few years in prison.

B vi

1 ( exercer une traction) to pull; tirer sur qch ( avec une force régulière) to pull on sth; ( d'un coup ou par à-coups) to tug at sth; tire fort! pull hard!; tirer sur les rames to pull on the oars; tirer de toutes ses forces to heave with all one's might; le moteur tire bien/tire mal○ the engine is pulling well/isn't pulling properly; ⇒ corde;

2 ( utiliser une arme) to shoot (sur at); ( à feu) to fire (sur at); tirer à l'arc to shoot with a bow and arrow; tirer à la carabine/à l'arbalète to shoot with a rifle/with a crossbow; tirer pour tuer to shoot to kill; tirer au fusil/en l'air/à balles réelles to fire a gun/into the air/with live ammunition; tirer le premier to fire first, to shoot first; se faire tirer dessus to come under fire, to be shot at; ⇒ boulet; elle lui a tiré dans la jambe she shot him in the leg;

3 Sport ( au football) to shoot; (au handball, basket-ball) to take a shot; tirer au but ( au football) to take a shot at goal;

4 ( choisir au hasard) tirer (au sort) to draw lots; on n'a qu'à tirer let's just draw lots; ⇒ paille;

5 ( prendre) tirer sur to draw on; tirer sur son compte/ses réserves to draw on one's account/one's reserves;

6 ( aspirer) la cheminée tire bien/tire mal the chimney draws well/doesn't draw well; tirer sur sa cigarette/pipe to draw on one's cigarette/pipe;

7 Imprim, Presse tirer à mille exemplaires [périodique] to have a circulation of a thousand; à combien tire la revue? what's the circulation of the magazine?;

8 ( avoir une nuance) tirer sur le jaune/le bleu/le vert/le violet/l'orangé to be yellowish/bluish/greenish/purplish/orangy; être d'un bleu tirant sur le vert to be greenish-blue;

9 ( se rapprocher) tirer sur la cinquantaine ( âge) to be pushing fifty;

10 ( dévier) [voiture]tirer à gauche/droite to pull to the left/right; Équit tirer à la main [cheval] to pull.

C se tirer vpr

1 ( sortir) se tirer de to come through [situation, difficultés]; se tirer de ses ennuis to come through one's troubles; ⇒ pas;

2 ◑( partir) je me tire I'm off○ GB, I'm splitting○; tire-toi get lost○; je me suis tiré de chez lui I cleared from his place; je me suis tiré de chez mes parents I left home; je vais me tirer à Montréal I'm going off to Montreal;

3 ( se servir d'une arme) se tirer une balle to shoot oneself (dans in); se tirer une balle dans la tête to blow one's brains out; se tirer dessus ( l'un l'autre) lit to shoot at one another;

4 ( exercer une traction) se tirer la moustache to pull at one's moustache;

5 ○( se débrouiller) s'en tirer to cope; il s'en tire mal ( forte contrainte) he's finding it hard to cope; ( travail délicat) he doesn't do very well; comment est-ce que vous vous en tirez? how do you cope?; elle s'en tire mieux que lui ( épreuve de résistance) she is coping better than he is; ( épreuve d'habileté) she is doing better than him; elle s'en tire tout juste she just gets by;

6 ○( échapper) s'en tirer ( à un accident) to escape; ( à une maladie) to pull through; ( à une punition) to get away with it○; je m'en suis tiré avec quelques égratignures I escaped with a few scratches; son médecin pense qu'elle s'en tirera her doctor thinks (that) she will pull through; sans diplôme, il ne s'en tirera jamais without a degree, he'll never get by; il ne s'en tirera pas comme ça he's not going to get away with it; s'en tirer à bon prix to get off lightly; ⇒ compte.

[tire] verbe transitif

A.[DÉPLACER]

1. [traîner - avec ou sans effort] to pull, to drag ; [ - en remorquant] to draw, to tow

tire la table au milieu de la pièce pull the table out into the centre of the room

tiré par un cheval horse-drawn

tirer quelqu'un par le bras/les cheveux/les pieds to drag somebody by the arm/hair/feet

2. [amener à soi] to pull

[étirer - vers le haut] to pull (up) ; [ - vers le bas] to pull (down)

je sentis que quelqu'un tirait ma veste I felt a tug at my jacket

elle me tira doucement par la manche she tugged ou pulled at my sleeve

tirer les cheveux à quelqu'un to pull somebody's hair

tirer ses cheveux en arrière to draw ou to pull one's hair back

tire bien le drap stretch the sheet (taut)

tirer un fil

a. [accidentellement] to pull a thread

b. [pour faire un jour] to draw a thread

tirer la couverture à soi

a. [s'attribuer le mérite] to take all the credit

b. [s'attribuer le profit] to take the lion's share

3. [pour actionner - cordon d'appel, élastique] to pull ; [ - tiroir] to pull (open ou out)

tirer les rideaux to pull ou to draw the curtains

tire le portail derrière toi close the gates behind you, pull the gates to

tirer un verrou

a. [pour ouvrir] to slide a bolt open

b. [pour fermer] to slide a bolt to, to shoot a bolt

tirer la chasse d'eau to flush the toilet

4. NAUTIQUE to draw

B.[EXTRAIRE, OBTENIR]

1. [faire sortir]

tirer quelque chose de to pull ou to draw something out of

tirer le vin/cidre (du tonneau) to draw wine/cider (off from the barrel)

tirer quelqu'un de [le faire sortir de] to get somebody out of

tirer quelqu'un d'un cauchemar (figuré) to rouse somebody from a nightmare

tirer quelqu'un du sommeil to wake somebody up

tirer quelqu'un du coma to pull somebody out of a coma

tirer quelqu'un de son silence to draw somebody out (of his/her silence)

tirer une œuvre de l'oubli to rescue a work from oblivion

tire-moi de là help me out

2. [fabriquer]

tirer quelque chose de to derive ou to get ou to make something from

les produits que l'on tire du pétrole oil-based products

tirer des sons d'un instrument to get ou to draw sounds from an instrument

tirer un film d'une pièce de théâtre to adapt a play for the screen

photos tirées d'un film movie stills

3. [percevoir - argent]

elle tire sa fortune de ses terres she makes her money from her land

tu ne tireras pas grand-chose de ta vieille montre you won't get much (money) for your old watch

[retirer - chèque, argent liquide] to draw

tirer de l'argent d'un compte to draw money out of ou to withdraw money from an account

4. [extraire, dégager]

tirer la morale/un enseignement de quelque chose to learn a lesson from something

ce vers est tiré d'un poème de Villon this line is (taken) from a poem by Villon

ce que j'ai tiré de ce livre/cet article what I got out of this book/article

ce roman tire son titre d'une chanson populaire the title of this novel is taken from a popular song

tirer satisfaction de to derive satisfaction from

tirer vanité de to be proud of

tirer vengeance de quelque chose to avenge something

5. [obtenir, soutirer]

tirer quelque chose de: tirer de l'argent de quelqu'un to extract money from somebody, to get money out of somebody

la police n'a rien pu tirer de lui the police couldn't get anything out of him

tu auras du mal à lui tirer des remerciements you'll get no thanks from her

tirer des larmes à quelqu'un to make somebody cry

on n'en tirera jamais rien, de ce gosse

a. (familier) [il n'est bon à rien] we'll never make anything out of this kid

b. [il ne parlera pas] we'll never get this kid to talk, we'll never get anything out of this kid

je n'ai pas pu en tirer davantage I couldn't get any more out of her

6. (familier) [voler]

je me suis fait tirer mon portefeuille au cinéma! somebody nicked (UK) ou swiped (US) my wallet at the cinema!

7. JEUX [billet, numéro] to draw, to pick

[loterie] to draw, to carry out the draw for

[carte] to draw, to take

tirez une carte postale au hasard pick any postcard

qui va tirer le nom du gagnant? who will draw (out) the name of the winner?

le gagnant sera tiré au sort there will be a draw to decide the winner

C.[PROJETER]

1. ARMEMENT [coup de fusil, missile] to fire

[balle, flèche] to shoot

tirer un coup de feu to fire a shot

2. [feu d'artifice] to set off

ce soir, on tirera un feu d'artifice there will be a fireworks display tonight

3. CHASSE [lapin, faisan] to shoot

4. [à la pétanque, boule en main] to throw

[boule placée] to knock out (separable)

FOOTBALL to take

tirer un corner to take a corner

le penalty va être tiré par le capitaine the penalty will be taken by the captain

TENNIS [passing-shot, volée] to hit

[en haltérophilie] to lift

ESCRIME

tirer des armes to fence

5. (locution)

tirer un coup avec quelqu'un (vulgaire) to have it off with somebody (très familier)

D. (familier) [PASSER] (familier) to spend, to do, to get through (inseparable)

j'ai encore trois semaines à tirer avant mon congé I've another three weeks to go before my leave

E.[TRACER, IMPRIMER]

1. [dessiner - ligne] to draw ; [ - plan] to draw up (separable)

tirez deux traits sous les verbes underline the verbs twice

2. PHOTOGRAPHIE to print

je voudrais que cette photo soit tirée sur du papier mat I'd like a matt print of this picture

3. IMPRIMERIE [livre] to print

[estampe, lithographie] to print, to draw

[tract] to print, to run

[gravure] to strike, to pull, to print

ce magazine est tiré à plus de 200 000 exemplaires this magazine has a print run ou a circulation of 200,000

bon à tirer ‘passed for press’

un bon à tirer [épreuve] a press proof

4. (Belgique & locution)

tu es assez grand, tu tires ton plan you're old enough to look after yourself

————————

[tire] verbe intransitif

1. MILITAIRE [faire feu] to fire, to shoot

ne tirez pas, je me rends! don't shoot, I surrender!

tirez dans les jambes shoot at ou aim at the legs

il tire mal he's a bad shot

tirer à balles/à blanc to fire bullets/blanks

tirer sur quelqu'un to take a shot ou to shoot ou to fire at somebody

ils ont l'ordre de tirer sur tout ce qui bouge they've been ordered to shoot ou to fire at anything that moves

on m'a tiré dessus I was fired ou shot at

2. ARMEMENT & SPORT

tirer à l'arc/l'arbalète

a. [activité sportive] to do archery/crossbow archery

b. [action ponctuelle] to shoot a bow/crossbow

tirer à la carabine/au pistolet

a. [activité sportive] to do rifle/pistol shooting

b. [action ponctuelle] to shoot with a rifle/pistol

3. FOOTBALL [au golf] to shoot

il a tiré dans le mur/petit filet he sent the ball against the wall/into the side netting

ESCRIME to fence

4. [exercer une traction] to pull

tire! pull!, heave!

ça tire dans les genoux à la montée (familier) going up is tough on the knees

elle tire bien, ta voiture! (familier) it goes well, your car!

la moto tire à droite the motorbike pulls to the right

ne tire pas sur ton gilet don't pull your cardigan out of shape

il tira violemment sur le fil du téléphone he gave the phone wire a sharp pull

tirer sur (figuré) [délais, budget] to stretch

tirer sur la ficelle to go a bit far

5. [aspirer - fumeur]

tirer sur une pipe to draw on ou to pull at a pipe

tirer sur une cigarette to puff at ou to draw on a cigarette

6. [avoir un bon tirage - cheminée, poêle]

tirer (bien) to draw (well)

la cheminée/pipe tire mal the fireplace/pipe doesn't draw properly

7. [peau] to feel tight

[points de suture] to pull

ma peau me tire (familier) my skin feels tight

aïe, ça tire! ouch, it's pulling!

8. JEUX

tirer au sort to draw ou to cast lots

9. IMPRIMERIE

tirer à 50 000 exemplaires to have a circulation of ou to have a (print) run of 50,000 (copies)

à combien le journal tire-t-il? what are the paper's circulation figures?

10. (locution, Belgique & Suisse)

ça tire there's a draught

————————

tirer à verbe plus préposition

1. PRESSE

tirer à la ligne to pad out an article (because it is being paid by the line)

2. NAUTIQUE

tirer au large to make for the open sea

3. (locution)

tirer à sa fin to come to an end

————————

tirer sur verbe plus préposition

[couleur] to verge ou to border on

ses cheveux tirent sur le roux his hair is reddish ou almost red

————————

se tirer verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

le store se tire avec un cordon the blind pulls down with a cord

————————

se tirer verbe pronominal intransitif

(familier)

1. [partir, quitter un endroit] to clear off, to make tracks

[s'enfuir] to beat it, to clear off

s'il n'est pas là dans 5 minutes, je me tire if he's not here in 5 minutes I'm going

tire-toi! [ton menaçant] beat it!, clear ou push off!

il s'est tiré de chez lui he's left home

dès que je peux, je me tire de cette boîte as soon as I can, I'll get out of this dump

2. [toucher à sa fin - emprisonnement, service militaire] to draw to a close

plus qu'une semaine, ça se tire quand même! only a week to go, it's nearly over after all!

————————

se tirer de verbe pronominal plus préposition

[se sortir de] to get out of

il s'est bien/mal tiré de l'entrevue he did well/badly at the interview

s'en tirer (familier) [s'en sortir]: avec son culot, elle s'en tirera toujours with her cheek, she'll always come out on top

si tu ne m'avais pas aidé à finir la maquette, je ne m'en serais jamais tiré if you hadn't given me a hand with the model, I'd never have managed

rien à faire, je ne m'en tire pas! [financièrement] it's impossible, I just can't make ends meet!

il y a peu de chances qu'il s'en tire [qu'il survive] the odds are against him pulling through

tu ne t'en tireras pas avec de simples excuses [être quitte] you won't get away ou off with just a few words of apology

je m'en suis tiré avec une suspension de permis I got away with my licence being suspended

s'en tirer à ou avec ou pour [devoir payer] to have to pay

à quatre, on ne s'en tirera pas à moins de 150 euros le repas the meal will cost at least 150 euros for the four of us

il ne s'en tirera pas comme ça he won't get off so lightly, he won't get away with it

on n'a encaissé qu'un seul but, on ne s'en est pas trop mal tirés they scored only one goal against us, we didn't do too badly

je n'aime pas faire de discours — tu t'en es très bien tiré I don't like to make speeches — you did very well

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tirer
17 GÖRA

ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.

A. To make:

I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.

2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.

II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.

III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.

2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.

3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.

4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.

5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.

6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.

7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.

β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.

8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.

β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.

9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)

B. To do:

I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.

II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.

2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.

β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.

C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:

I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.

II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.

III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.

IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.

2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.

3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.

V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.

D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.

E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.

2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.

3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.

4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.

5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.

6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.

F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)

2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.

II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.

III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA
18 Austin, John

SUBJECT AREA: Textiles

[br]

fl. 1789 Scotland

[br]

Scottish contributor to the early development of the power loom.

[br]

On 6 April 1789 John Austin wrote to James Watt, seeking advice about patenting "a weaving loom I have invented to go by the hand, horse, water or any other constant power, to comb, brush, or dress the yarn at the same time as it is weaving \& by which one man will do the work of three and make superior work to what can be done by the common loom" (Boulton \& Watt Collection, Birmingham, James Watt Papers, JW/22). Watt replied that "there is a Clergyman by the name of Cartwright at Doncaster who has a patent for a similar contrivance" (Boulton \& Watt Collection, Birmingham, Letter Book 1, 15 April 1789). Watt pointed out that there was a large manufactory running at Doncaster and something of the same kind at Manchester with working power looms. Presumably, this reply deterred Austin from taking out a patent. However, some members of the Glasgow Chamber of Commerce continued developing the loom, and in 1798 one that was tried at the spinning mill of J.Monteith, of Pollokshaws, near Glasgow, answered the purpose so well that a building was erected and thirty of the looms were installed. Later, in 1800, this number was increased to 200, all of which were driven by a steam engine, and it was stated that one weaver and a boy could tend from three to five of these looms.

Austin's loom was worked by eccentrics, or cams. There was one cam on each side with "a sudden beak or projection" that drove the levers connected to the picking pegs, while other cams worked the heddles and drove the reed. The loom was also fitted with a weft stop motion and could produce more cloth than a hand loom, and worked at about sixty picks per minute. The pivoting of the slay at the bottom allowed the loom to be much more compact than previous ones.

[br]

Further Reading

A.Rees, 1819, The Cyclopaedia: or Universal Dictionary of Arts, Sciences and Literature, London.

R.Guest, 1823, A Compendius History of the Cotton Manufacture, Manchester.

A.P.Usher, 1958, A History of Mechanical Inventions.

W.English, 1969, The Textile Industry, London.

R.L.Hills, 1970, Power in the Industrial Revolution, Manchester.

See also: Cartwright, Revd Edmund

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Austin, John
19 Napier, Robert

SUBJECT AREA: Ports and shipping

[br]

b. 18 June 1791 Dumbarton, Scotland

d. 23 June 1876 Shandon, Dunbartonshire, Scotland

[br]

Scottish shipbuilder one of the greatest shipbuilders of all time, known as the "father" of Clyde shipbuilding.

[br]

Educated at Dumbarton Grammar School, Robert Napier had been destined for the Church but persuaded his father to let him serve an apprenticeship as a blacksmith under him. For a while he worked in Edinburgh, but then in 1815 he commenced business in Glasgow, the city that he served for the rest of his life. Initially his workshop was in Camlachie, but it was moved in 1836 to a riverside factory site at Lancefield in the heart of the City and again in 1841 to the Old Shipyard in the Burgh of Govan (then independent of the City of Glasgow). The business expanded through his preparedness to build steam machinery, beginning in 1823 with the engines for the paddle steamer Leven, still to be seen a few hundred metres from Napier's grave in Dumbarton. His name assured owners of quality, and business expanded after two key orders: one in 1836 for the Honourable East India Company; and the second two years later for the Royal Navy, hitherto the preserve of the Royal Dockyards and of the shipbuilders of south-east England. Napier's shipyard and engine shops, then known as Robert Napier and Sons, were to be awarded sixty Admiralty contracts in his lifetime, with a profound influence on ship and engine procurement for the Navy and on foreign governments, which for the first time placed substantial work in the United Kingdom.

Having had problems with hull subcontractors and also with the installation of machinery in wooden hulls, in 1843 Napier ventured into shipbuilding with the paddle steamer Vanguard, which was built of iron. The following year the Royal Navy took delivery of the iron-hulled Jackall, enabling Napier to secure the contract for the Black Prince, Britain's second ironclad and sister ship to HMS Warrior now preserved at Portsmouth. With so much work in iron Napier instigated studies into metallurgy, and the published work of David Kirkaldy bears witness to his open-handedness in assisting the industry. This service to industry was even more apparent in 1866 when the company laid out the Skelmorlie Measured Mile on the Firth of Clyde for ship testing, a mile still in use by ships of all nations.

The greatest legacy of Robert Napier was his training of young engineers, shipbuilders and naval architects. Almost every major Scottish shipyard, and some English too, was influenced by him and many of his early foremen left to set up rival establishments along the banks of the River Clyde. His close association with Samuel Cunard led to the setting up of the company now known as the Cunard Line. Napier designed and engined the first four ships, subcontracting the hulls of this historic quartet to other shipbuilders on the river. While he contributed only 2 per cent to the equity of the shipping line, they came back to him for many more vessels, including the magnificent paddle ship Persia, of 1855.

It is an old tradition on the Clyde that the smokestacks of ships are made by the enginebuilders. The Cunard Line still uses red funnels with black bands, Napier's trademark, in honour of the engineer who set them going.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

Knight Commander of the Dannebrog (Denmark). President, Institution of Mechanical Engineers 1864. Honorary Member of the Glasgow Society of Engineers 1869.

Further Reading

James Napier, 1904, The Life of Robert Napier, Edinburgh, Blackwood.

J.M.Halliday, 1980–1, "Robert Napier. The father of Clyde shipbuilding", Transactions of the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland 124.

Fred M.Walker, 1984, Song of the Clyde. A History of Clyde Shipbuilding, Cambridge: PSL.

See also: Fairbairn, William; Thomson, Sir William

FMW

Biographical history of technology > Napier, Robert
20 Т-108

HE TO ЧТО... A... coord Conj, correlative)
1. Also: HE TO ЧТОБ(Ы)... (НО (A)...)
HE TO ЧТО... HO... (variants with чтобы are more common) used to indicate that of the two given ways of expressing, describing, explaining etc sth., the second is more accurate, precise etc
not so much...as (but)...
not exactly...but... itb not so much...as... itfsnotso much that...but... itfs not so much a matter of..., but rather... itfs not exactly...but
(in limited contexts) though one (it) is not exactly... Всегда бывает в январе несколько дней, похожих на весну - собственно, не то чтобы похожих на весну, а таких дней, которые вдруг приводят тебе на память облик весны (Олеша 3). In January there are always several springlike days,-actually, they don't so much resemble spring as suddenly remind you of what it is like (3a).

Они вышли из врат и направились лесом. Помещик Максимов, человек лет шестидесяти, не то что шёл, а лучше сказать, почти бежал сбоку, рассматривая их всех с судорожным, невозможным почти любопытством (Достоевский 1). They went out the gate and through the woods. The landowner Maximov, a man of about sixty, was not so much walking but, more precisely, almost running alongside, staring at them all with contorted, almost impossible curiosity (1a).

Отец мой один из замечательнейших людей своего века. Но он становится стар, и он не то что жесток, но он слишком деятельного характера» (Толстой 5) "My father is one of the most remarkable men of his time. But he's growing old, and though he is not exactly cruel, he has too vigorous a nature" (5a).

2. Also: HE TO ЧТО...
...(A) HE TO ЧТО...(A) HE TO ЧТОБЫ (variants with что are more common) used in a two-part statement in which the element directly following не то что or не то чтобы is more pertinent to the speaker and the other element, an exaggeration, is used for reinforcement: not only... (, but...) (when, in translation, the element introduced by не то что etc follows the other, more extreme, element) let alone not to mention to say nothing of much less.
(Говорящий — мул) «„Сейчас никому нельзя доверять. Даже собственному мулу не доверяй своих мыслей!" Ну уж такой глупости я от Самуила никак не ожидал. Я не то чтобы предать своего хозяина, я жизнь готов за него отдать» (Искандер 3). (The speaker is a mule) "'You mustn't confide in anyone now. Don't even confide your thoughts to your own mule!' Now, I never expected to hear such foolishness from Samuel. I not only wouldn't betray my master, but would lay down my life for him" (3a).

У Гудзя генеральский авторитет, но он безволен, трусоват, видимо необразован... Была бы воля Ершова, он генералу Гудзю полком не доверил бы командовать, не то что корпусом (Гроссман 2). General Gudz had the authority of his rank, but he was weak-willed, cowardly and obviously uneducated....If it had been up to him, Yershov wouldn't have trusted Gudz with a regiment, let alone a whole corps (2a).

Миловзоров:) Шмага, ты не видал Незнамова? Будет он на репетиции? (Шмага:) Кто же его знает! Я не нянька его. (Миловзоров:) Вы, кажется, такие неразрывные были. (Шмага:)...И мужья с жёнами расходятся, а не то что друзья (Островский 3). (М.:) Shmaga, have you seen Neznamov? Will he be at rehearsal today? (Sh.:) How should I know? I'm not his nurse-maid. (M.:) I thought you two were inseparable. (Sh.:)...Even husbands and wives part company, to say nothing of friends (3a).

«Взял март у апреля два дня и нагнал такую погоду, что по нужде не выйдешь из-под крыши, а не то чтобы стадо вывести» (Искандер 3). "March took two days from April and brewed up some weather that was so bad you wouldn't set foot out of doors for a call of nature, much less lead the flock out" (3a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Т-108

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

All Hallows College — • An institution devoted to the preparation of priests for the missions in English speaking countries Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. All Hallows College All Hallows College … Catholic encyclopedia
All-for-Ireland League — group portrait of five of its Independent Members of Parliament, in the Cork Free Press July 30th 1910. These are: Patrick Guiney (North Cork), James Gilhooly (West Cork), Maurice Healy (North east Cork), D. D. Sheehan (Mid Cork) and … Wikipedia
All Star Baseball — is one of the two most popular baseball board games of the last sixty years, and has been honored as one of the fifty most influential American board games of all time. It was manufactured by Cadaco Ellis and designed by baseball player Ethan… … Wikipedia
Sixty Rayburn — Infobox State Senator name= Benjamin Burras Sixty Rayburn, Sr. caption= B. B. Sixty Rayburn office= Louisiana State Senate District 12 (St. Helena, St. Tammany, Washington, and Tangipahoa parishes) term start=1951 term end=1996 preceded=H. H.… … Wikipedia
All About Eve (band) — Infobox musical artist Name = All About Eve Img capt = On Top Of The Pops in 1988 deletable image caption Img size = Landscape = yes Background = group or band Alias = The Swarm Origin = flagicon|England England Genre = Alternative rock Folk rock … Wikipedia
All-Ireland Senior Hurling Championship 1953 — Infobox Hurling All Ireland year=1953 team=Cork titles=18th captain=Christy Ring manager= munster=Cork leinster=Kilkenny ulster= connacht= poty= matches= The All Ireland Senior Hurling Championship of 1953 was the 67th edition of Ireland’s… … Wikipedia
All-Ireland Senior Hurling Championship 1984 — Infobox Hurling All Ireland year=1984 team=Cork titles=25th captain=John Fenton manager= munster=Cork leinster=Offaly ulster= connacht= poty=John Fenton matches= The All Ireland Senior Hurling Championship of 1984 was the 97th edition of… … Wikipedia
All-Ireland Senior Hurling Championship 1994 — Infobox Hurling All Ireland year=1994 team=Offaly titles=3rd captain=Martin Hanamy manager=Éamonn Cregan munster=Limerick leinster=Offaly ulster=Antrim connacht= poty=Brian Whelehan matches= The All Ireland Senior Hurling Championship of 1994 was … Wikipedia
All Fours — Not to be confused with All four. All Fours Setup to a three player game Origin England Alternative name(s) High Low Jack, Old Sledge, Seven Up Type Trick taking … Wikipedia
All Things Considered — This article is about the NPR news program. For other uses, see All Things Considered (disambiguation). All Things Considered Genre News: analysis, commentary, features, interviews, specials Running time … Wikipedia
All Due Respect — Infobox Television episode Title = All Due Respect Series = The Sopranos Caption = Season = 5 Episode = 65 Airdate = Start date|2004|06|6 Production = Writer = David Chase and Robin Green Mitchell Burgess Director = John Patterson Photographer =… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

we were some sixty in all

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

we were some sixty in all

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: